#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 413
\begin_document
\begin_header
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
%
% This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected.  If you
% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact 
% the documentation team
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org

\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used

 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}

\fi % end if pdflatex is used

% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}

% the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
% and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
  \frontmatter
  \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
  \myTOC
  \mainmatter }

% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}

% macro for italic page numbers in the index
\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}

% for customized page headers/footers
% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
% change header rule width
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}

% workaround for a makeindex bug,
% see sec. "Index Entry Order"
% only uncomment this when you are using makindex
%\let\OrgIndex\index 
%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_preamble
\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
customHeadersFooters
enumitem
\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children false
\language english
\language_package default
\inputencoding auto
\fontencoding global
\font_roman default
\font_sans default
\font_typewriter default
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_sc false
\font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100

\graphics default
\default_output_format default
\output_sync 0
\bibtex_command default
\index_command default
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
\use_hyperref true
\pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
\pdf_author "LyX Team"
\pdf_subject "LyX"
\pdf_keywords "LyX"
\pdf_bookmarks true
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
\pdf_bookmarksopen false
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
\pdf_breaklinks false
\pdf_pdfborder false
\pdf_colorlinks true
\pdf_backref false
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
\papersize default
\use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 1
\use_esint 1
\use_mhchem 1
\use_mathdots 1
\cite_engine basic
\use_bibtopic false
\use_indices false
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
\use_refstyle 0
\notefontcolor #0000ff
\branch Question
\selected 1
\filename_suffix 0
\color #00ff00
\end_branch
\branch Answer
\selected 0
\filename_suffix 0
\color #aa55ff
\end_branch
\index Index
\shortcut idx
\color #008000
\end_index
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 2
\paragraph_separation indent
\paragraph_indentation default
\quotes_language english
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
\end_header

\begin_body

\begin_layout Title
The LyX User's Guide
\end_layout

\begin_layout Author
by the LyX Team
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please
 send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list: 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
type "mailto:"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Version 2.0.x
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Getting Started
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
What is LyX?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX is a document preparation system.
 It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar \-
scripts, publishable books, business
 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
 It is unlike most other 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

word processors
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
 editing style.
 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, not as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Bold, 17
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt type, left justified, 5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

mm space below
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts,
 not with mechanics.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the 
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
manual.
 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
 Yes, we mean now.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
 manual describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most important
ly, the format of all of the manuals.
 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
 of this one.
 The 
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
 manual describes that, too.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
How LyX Looks
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
 its window.
 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
 documents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
 next line.
 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
 only a vertical scrollbar.
 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
 The first case is large images.
 To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the
 image and use the option 
\family sans
Scale on Screen
\family default
 in the tab 
\family sans
LaTeX and LyX options
\family default
.
 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
 the LyX window.
 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
 this doesn't work for equations yet.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
 at Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-User-Interface"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
HELP
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
 Just select the manual you want to read from the 
\family sans
Help
\family default
 menu.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Basic LyX Setup
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Preferences
\end_layout

\end_inset

 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
 settings.
 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Reconfiguration of LyX
\end_layout

\end_inset

 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
LaTeX Setup
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
 not be able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
 installed.
 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce
 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
 text or as XHTML.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
 or packages.
 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
 you can view from the menu 
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Configuration
\family default
.
 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
 reconfigure LyX (menu 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
).
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

LaTeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
 More about TeX Code is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:TeX-Code"

\end_inset

, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Reconfiguration of LyX
\end_layout

\end_inset

 See section 5.1 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
How to work with LyX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Basic File Operations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File Operations
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Under the 
\family sans
File
\family default
 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
 in addition to some more advanced operations:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
New 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-new"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

from
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Template
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Open 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "file-open"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Close
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Save 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-write"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

As
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Revert
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

saved
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Version
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Control
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Import
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Export
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Print 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show print"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Exit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
 a few minor differences.
 The 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

from
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Template
\family default
 command lists the available templates.
 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
 (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Document-Classes"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 There is no 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

default file
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or document named 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Untitled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

scratch.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
 space is just that — a big, blank space.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Revert
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

saved
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Version
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Control
\family default
 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
 in LyX also.
 Read Additional Features\SpecialChar \@.

\end_layout

\end_inset

 
\family sans
Revert
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

saved
\family default
 will reload the document from disk.
 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
 and want to restore it to the last save.
 With
\family sans
 Version
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Control 
\family default
you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
 them as your changes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Basic Editing Features
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Editing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
 access them.
 We will start with cut and paste.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As you might expect, the 
\family sans
Edit
\family default
 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
 various other editing features.
 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
 The basic ones are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Cut 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "cut"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Copy 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "copy"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Paste 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "paste"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Recent
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Special
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Replace 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The first three are self-explanatory.
 
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paste
\end_layout

\end_inset

You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
 The submenu of 
\family sans
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Recent
\family default
 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Text,
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Lines
\family default
 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
 as one paragraph.
 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
 Without 
\family sans
Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Lines
\family default
, the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
 will start a new paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Replace
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Find
\end_layout

\end_inset

The 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Replace
\family default
 item opens the 
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Replace
\family default
 dialog.
 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
 Hitting the 
\family sans
Replace
\family default
 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the 
\family sans
Replace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

with
\family default
 field.
 You can click the 
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Next
\family default
 button to skip the current word.
 Hit 
\family sans
Replace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

All
\family default
 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
 The 
\family sans
Case
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

sensitive
\family default
 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
 word.
 If the toggle is set, searching for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Test
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 will not match the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
test
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The 
\family sans
Match whole words only
\family default
 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g., searching for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
star
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 will not match 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
starlet
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 LyX offers also an advanced 
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Replace
\family default
 feature that is described in sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Things like notes, floats, etc.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

(the so called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

insets
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) can be dissolved.
 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
 text.
 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
 inset and pressing 
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing 
\family sans
Delete
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "inset-select-all"
\end_inset

, the shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
\end_inset

 selects the whole document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Undo and Redo
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Redo
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Undo
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
 Select 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Undo
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "undo"
\end_inset

 to undo some mistake.
 If you accidentally undo too much, use 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Redo
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "redo"
\end_inset

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

undo the undo.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

steps to minimize memory overhead.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it
 was last saved, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

changed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
 This is a consequence of the 100
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

step undo limit mentioned above.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Undo
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Redo
\family default
 work on almost everything in LyX.
 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
 of text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Mouse Operations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Mouse Operations
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These are the most basic mouse operations.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Motion
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Click the 
\emph on
left mouse button
\emph default
 once anywhere in the edit window.
 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Selecting Text
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Hold down the 
\emph on
left mouse button
\emph default
 and drag the mouse.
 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
 Use 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Copy
\family default
 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paste
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Right-click on them to set their properties.
 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Navigating
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Navigating"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Navigating
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The 
\family sans
Navigate
\family default
 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Outline
\family default
 or by the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You can set bookmarks in your document under 
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Bookmarks
\family default
 and use the same menu to return to them.
 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset

 (also 
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Navigate
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Back
\family default
) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
 your last editing position.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By pressing the 
\family sans
F5
\family default
 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The Outliner
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:The-Outliner"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
ces (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset

), or notes, or citations (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"

\end_inset

).
 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
 document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
 dialog and to modify the citation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
 in the Outline.
 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

sub:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
 you further to control the display.
 The 
\family sans
Sort
\family default
 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
 document.
 The 
\family sans
Keep
\family default
 option keeps it in the current view state.
 Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2 and 4 displayed and click on section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

3, the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2 and 4 will still be displayed.
 Without the 
\family sans
Keep
\family default
 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

3.
 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

depth
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/reload.png

\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
 in your document.
 The 
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/down.png
	scale 85
	groupId toolbarbuttons

\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/up.png
	scale 85
	groupId toolbarbuttons

\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
 So, for example, you can move section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2.5 before section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2.4 or after section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2.6.
 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
 With the buttons 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/promote.png
	scale 85
	groupId toolbarbuttons

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/demote.png
	scale 85
	groupId toolbarbuttons

\end_inset

 (or the corresponding key bindings 
\family sans
Tab
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Shift-Tab
\family default
) you can change the level of sections.
 So you can for example make section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2.5 chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

3 or subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2.4.1.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Input/Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Input-Completion"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Input completion
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Word completion|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Input completion
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
 opened.
 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
 is used to propose completions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
) in the section 
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Input Completion
\family default
.
 With the option 
\family sans
Automatic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

inline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

completion
\family default
 the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor.
 With the option 
\family sans
Automatic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

popup
\family default
 the completions are always shown in a popup.
 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
 
\family sans
Cursor
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

indicator
\family default
.
 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there
 are completions available.
 Press the 
\family sans
Tab
\family default
 key to accept a proposed completion.
 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
 and accept the chosen completion by pressing 
\family sans
Return
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
ing options for text.
 The special math option 
\family sans
Autocorrection
\family default
 enables characters to be composed.
 If, for example, you want to insert the character 
\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
\end_inset

, you can then input the characters 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\series bold
=>
\series default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to a formula to get it.
 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use
 of the math toolbar.
 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file 
\family typewriter
autocorrect
\family default
 that is in LyX's installation folder.
 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
 mark key “!”.
 Pressing 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 turns it off.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Basic Key Bindings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Key Bindings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bindings|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Key Bindings
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Shortcuts|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Key Bindings
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are at least two different primary binding maps: 
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
emacs
\family default
.
 LyX's default is 
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
, which can be changed in the LyX preferences under 
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Shortcuts
\family default
.
 (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"

\end_inset

.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some keys, like 
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Up
\family default
, 
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Down
\family default
, 
\family sans
Left
\family default
, 
\family sans
Right
\family default
, 
\family sans
Up
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Down
\family default
, do exactly what you expect them to do.
 Other keys don't:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Tab
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Tab"
description "Tabulator key"

\end_inset


\family default
 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
 If you do not understand this, go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"

\end_inset

, especially section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Lists"

\end_inset

, right now.
 Yes, right now.
 If you are still confused, look in the 
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

In LyX the 
\family sans
Tab
\family default
 key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor
 in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or
 Enumerate.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Esc
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Esc"
description "Escape key"

\end_inset


\family default
 This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

cancel key.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 It is used, generically, to cancel operations.
 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Home
\family default

\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\family sans
End
\family default
 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
 or end of the file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are three modifier keys:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Control
\family default
 (Denoted by 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Ctrl
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Ctrl"
description "Control key"

\end_inset

 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
 on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Backspace
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Delete
\family default
, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Left
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\family default
, it moves by words instead of characters.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Home
\family default
 and 
\family sans
End
\family default
, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Shift
\family default
 (Denoted by 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Shift
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Shift"
description "Shift key"

\end_inset

 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Alt
\family default
 (Denoted by 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Alt
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Alt"
description "Alt or Meta key"

\end_inset

 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
 the 
\family sans
Alt+
\family default
 function.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

This key does many different things, but it also activates the 
\emph on
menu accelerator keys
\emph default
.
 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
For example, the sequence 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

e
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

s
\family default

\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\family sans
c
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 brings up the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Text Style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 dialog.
 Typing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

f
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 opens the 
\family sans
File
\family default
 menu.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\emph on
Shortcuts
\emph default
 manual lists all other things bound to the 
\family sans
Alt
\family default
 key.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
 it.
 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Alt+P Shift+A
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 means 
\family sans
Alt+P
\family default
 followed by a capital 
\family sans
A
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
LyX Basics
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LyX ! Basics
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Document Types
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Types
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
 numbering schemes, and so on.
 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
 and format the title of your document differently.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A 
\emph on
document class
\emph default
 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Document Classes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Classes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Document-Classes"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can select a class using the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document Class
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 dialog.
 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
 you may need.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are four standard document classes in LyX.
 They are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Article for basic articles
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Report for basic reports
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Book for writing a book
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Letter for US-style letters
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
 will include many of these.
 Here are some of the classes.
 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter 
\emph on
Special Document Classes
\emph default
 in the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
 Society
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
 Union
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
 Mathematical Society (AMS).
 There are three article layouts available.
 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

sequential numbering
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Beamer Layout for presentations
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Broadway Layout for writing plays.
 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
 with LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Chess Layout to write about chess games
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Curriculum
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Foils Used to make transparencies
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
 with LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
 (Is used by this document.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Powerdot Layout for presentations
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
REVTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
 of America (OSA).
 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Slides Used to make transparencies
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
SPIE
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
 here.
 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual.
 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
 of the document classes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Availability
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document Class
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 
\family default
are marked as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Unavailable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
 not installed.
 So it may seem that something is wrong.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Nothing is wrong.
 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
 and some of them, like 
\family sans
IOP
\family default
, are highly specialized.
 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
 number.
 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
 by some document class.
 There are just too many of them.
 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

Unavailable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, you just need to install the appropriate package files.
 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
 document class for a new file.
 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
 See section 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Installing new LaTeX files
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual for information on how to install them.
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
 does not include support for every document class people might want to
 use.
 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
 dissertations submitted to those universities.
 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
 There are too many.
 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
 done so.
 Chapter 
\emph on
Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Modules
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Modules"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Modules
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
 chosen document class.
 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
ing module in the 
\family sans
Modules
\family default
 section of the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 dialog.
 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
 it does.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
 always installed by default.
 LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and
 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Reconfiguration of LyX
\end_layout

\end_inset

 See section 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Installing new LaTeX files
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual for more information on installing required packages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
 LyX will advise you about these things.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Local Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Local-Layout"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Local Layout
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
 used in a variety of different documents.
 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
 What you want is LyX's 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Local Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 See section 
\emph on
Local Layout
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual for information on how to use it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Properties
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Each class has a default set of options.
 Here's a quick table describing them:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Page style
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Sides
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Columns
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Max.
 sectioning level
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
article
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Plain
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Section
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
report
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Plain
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Chapter
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
book
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Headings
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Two
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Chapter
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
letter
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Plain
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
none
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You're probably also wondering what 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Max.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

sectioning level
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 means.
 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
 Only two use the 
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the 
\family sans
Section
\family default
 heading.
 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
 headings.
 In addition to 
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Section
\family default
 headings, there are also 
\family sans
Subsection
\family default
 headings, 
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
 headings, and so on.
 We will describe these headings fully in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Headings"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Document Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Document-Layout"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Layout
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family sans

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
 There in the 
\family sans
Class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

options
\family default
 field under 
\family sans
Documents
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Class
\family default
, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
 list.
 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
 to use for your document.
 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
 to read its manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The drop box 
\family sans
Headings
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

style
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog under 
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default
 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
 You can choose between the following five options:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Default
\family default
 Use default page style of current class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
empty
\family default
 No page numbers or headings.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
plain
\family default
 Page numbers only.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
headings
\family default
 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
fancy
\family default
 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
 have the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout

\end_inset

 installed.
 How they are defined is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Paper Size and Orientation
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Paper size
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can find the following options in the menu 
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default
 of the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog:
\family sans

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Paper
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Format
\family default
 What size paper to print on.
 The choices are
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Default
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
A0 - A6
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
B0 - B6
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
C0 - C6
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
US letter, US legal, US executive
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
JIS B0 - JIS B6
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Custom
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Orientation
\family default
 To choose whether to output as 
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
 or as 
\family sans
Portrait
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Two-sided
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

document
\family default
 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Margins
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Margins"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Margins
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margins
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Paper margins are set in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings
 because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking
 the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Important Note
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you change a document class, LyX has to convert 
\emph on
everything
\emph default
 into the new class.
 That includes the paragraph environments.
 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

unknown
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
 the old class.
 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
s manually to a style present in your new document class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Indentation and Separation
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Indentation
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Par-indent-intro"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the 
\emph on
first
\emph default
 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
 etc., is 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 indented.
 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
 language than English.
 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language
 used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
 and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded
 into LyX.
 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
 LyX takes care of that.
 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
 range.
 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
 of a page, and so on.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
 LyX gives you the ability globally to change 
\emph on
all
\emph default
 these pre-coded spacings.
 We will explain more later.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Separation
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Select 
\family sans
Indentation
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

space
\family default
 in the submenu 
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default
 of the dialog 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Fine-Tuning
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
 Open the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Settings
\family default
 dialog and toggle the 
\family sans
Indent
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Paragraph
\family default
 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
\end_inset

).
 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
 this).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Line Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Line spacing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\noun on

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
\noun default
 dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu
 
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
You need to have the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
setspace
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! setspace
\end_layout

\end_inset

 installed to use this feature.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 You can set it for a single paragraph in the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Settings
\family default
 dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing
 is normally defined in the environment's style.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Environments
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Environments
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Paragraph environments correspond to the
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
begin{
\emph on
environment
\emph default
} ...
 
\backslash
end{
\emph on
environment
\emph default
}
\series default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

command sequence in LaTeX files.
 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
 alien to you, we urge you to read the 
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
.
 The 
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
 also contains many more examples than this section does.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A paragraph environment is simply a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

container
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
 scheme, labels, and so on.
 Additionally, you can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

nest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
 to inherit some of the properties of another.
 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days
 of typewriters.
 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
 document type.
 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
	scale 70
	clip

\end_inset

 at the left end of the toolbar.
 LyX will change the environment of the 
\emph on
entire
\emph default
 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
 you select them before choosing the new environment.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that entering 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 will 
\emph on
typically
\emph default
 create a new paragraph using the 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 paragraph environment.
 We say 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

typically
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 because if you are in one of these environments:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quote
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quotation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Verse
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
List
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter 
\family sans
Return
\family default
, rather than resetting it to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
 Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Standard
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The default paragraph environment is 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 for most classes.
 It creates a plain paragraph.
 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
 this manual) are in the 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can nest a paragraph using the 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
 in a 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Document Title
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Title
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
 author(s) and a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

footnote
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for thanks or contact information.
 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
 page along with today's date.
 For other types of documents, the title 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
 environments 
\family sans
Title
\family default
, 
\family sans
Author
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Date
\family default
.
 Here's how you use them:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Put the title of your document in the 
\family sans
Title
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Put the author name in the 
\family sans
Author
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
 the 
\family sans
Date
\family default
 environment.
 Note that using this environment is optional.
 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
 If you don't want a date, use the option 
\family sans
Suppress default date on front page
\family default
 in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

class
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can use footnotes to insert 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

thanks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or contact information.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Headings"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Numbered Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings ! Numbered
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
 They are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family sans
Part
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family sans
Chapter
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family sans
Section
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family sans
Subsection
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family sans
Subsubsection
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family sans
Paragraph
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate

\family sans
Subparagraph
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
 You group the book into chapters.
 LyX does a similar grouping:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Part
\family default
 is divided into either 
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
s or 
\family sans
Section
\family default
s
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Chapter
\family default
s are divided into 
\family sans
Section
\family default
s
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Section
\family default
s are divided into 
\family sans
Subsection
\family default
s
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsection
\family default
s are divided into 
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
s
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
s are divided into 
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
s
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
s are divided into 
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
s
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Not all document types use the 
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
 In that case the 
\family sans
Section
\family default
 is the top-level heading.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
So, if you use the 
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
 along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter
 that it's in.
 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
 label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

2.5
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Unnumbered Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings ! Unnumbered
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The unnumbered section headings have a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

*
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 at the end of their name.
 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
 the table of contents, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Changing the Numbering
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Numbering-depth"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
 in the Table of Contents.
 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
 class.
 Just as certain classes start with 
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
 and go down to the 
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
 level.
 Others start at 
\family sans
Section
\family default
.
 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
 Most don't number 
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
.
 This is something you can change.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Open the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Under 
\family sans
Numbering
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

TOC
\family default
 you will see two counters.
 The one named 
\family sans
Numbering
\family default
 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
 heading.
 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
 of contents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Short Titles of Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings ! Short titles
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Short Titles
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Short-Titles"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
 avoiding the problem mentioned.
 To specify a short title, use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Short
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Title
\family default
.
 This will insert a box labeled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

opt
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (stands for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

optional
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) which you can use to enter the short title text.
 This also works for captions inside floats.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Special Information
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The following information applies to all section headings:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You can only use inline math in these environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Quotes and Poetry line spacing
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
 They are 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
, 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Verse
\family default
.
 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
 the text they contain.
 They also allow nesting, so you can put a 
\family sans
Verse
\family default
 in a 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 reset to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 when you start a new paragraph.
 So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
 have to change back to the 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 environment yourself.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Quote
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default

\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Quote"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Quotation
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
 time for the differences.
 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 are identical except for one difference: 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 
\emph on
always
\emph default
 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here's an example of the 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 environment:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
This is in the 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 environment.
 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
 wraps.
 See – no indentation!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
 the other paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here's another example, this time in the 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 environment:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
This is in the 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 environment.
 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
 If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting
 the first line, then 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it 
\emph on
if
\emph default
 you were quoting other text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
Here's a new paragraph.
 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As the examples show, 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
 They should put quotes in the 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 environment.
 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 paragraph environment for quoted text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Verse
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Verse
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family sans

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Poetry
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Verse"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Verse
\family default
 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
 Here's an example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Verse
This is in Verse
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Which I did not rehearse!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Verse
It could be much worse.
 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
 around.
 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
 indented a bit more than the first.
 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
 So sue me.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Verse
To break a line
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

And make things look fine
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, 
\family sans
Verse
\family default
 does not indent both margins.
 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the 
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
 function 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Lists"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
 of lists.
 In the 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
 In the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 and 
\family sans
List
\family default
 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
 describing some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
General Features
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
 in several ways.
 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
 Hitting 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 does 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 reset the environment to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
 The nesting depth is thereby kept.
 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
 depth, you can use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

.
 If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
 is nested.
 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
 you read all of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Itemize
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Itemize"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The first type of list we will describe in detail is the 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 paragraph environment.
 It has the following properties:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The items can have any length.
 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 list may be in.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
If you nest an 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment inside another 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset

 for a full explanation of nesting.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Of course, that explanation was also an example of an 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 list.
 The 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the first level 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 is a large black dot, or bullet.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the second level is a dash.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the third is an asterisk.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Back out to the third level.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Back to the second level.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These are the default labels for an 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 list.
 You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog in the submenu 
\family sans
Bullets
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 These customizations are not displayed in LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Enumerate
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Enumerate
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Enumerate"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
 It has these properties:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Each item has a numeral as its label.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The label type depends on the nesting depth.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Each new 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment resets the counter to one.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Like the 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment, the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
 Items can have any length.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Unlike the 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment, 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
The first level of an 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
 increases.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back to the third level
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back to the second level.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can customize the type of numbering used in the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Customized-Lists"

\end_inset

.
 Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is more to nesting 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environments than we've stated here.
 You should read section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset

 to learn more about nesting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Description
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Description
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Unlike the previous two environments, the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 list has no fixed label.
 Instead, LyX uses the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the first line as the label.
 Here's an example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Example: This is an example of the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
 rest of the line.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 it is meant that the first usage of the 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
 item.
 If you need to use more than one word in a label use a 
\family sans
Protected Space
\family default
.
 (Use either 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset

 or the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Protected-Space"

\end_inset

 for more information.) Here is an example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Second
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Example: This one shows how to use a 
\family sans
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 in the label of a 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 list item.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Usage: You should use the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
 that describes it.
 It's not a good idea to use a 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
 You're better off using 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 and nesting several 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 paragraphs into them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Nesting: You can nest 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
 so on.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
 them from the first line.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Labeling
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Labeling
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Like the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 list the 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
 features.
 Here are its properties:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

labels LyX uses the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of each line as the item label.
 The first 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
 space as described above.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
 the body of the item text.
 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
 label width plus a little extra space.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
label
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
 larger.
 If the label width is larger, the label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

extends
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 into the first line.
 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
 margin of the rest of the item text.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
 items in a 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 environment has the same left margin.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

To change the default width, select all items in the list.
 Now open the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Settings
\family default
 dialog (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset

).
 The text in the box 
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

label
\family default
 determines the default label width.
 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
 letter 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 multiple times instead.
 M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
 By using 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of 
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

label
\family default
 every time you alter a label in a 
\family sans
List
\family default
 environment.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

The predefined default width is the length of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

00.00.0000
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (equal to 6
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

M).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You should use the 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 list the same way as the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
 it.
 The 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
 layout.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can nest 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
 Read section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset

 to learn about nesting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is yet another feature of the 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
 by default.
 You can use additional 
\family sans
HFills
\family default
 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
 
\family sans
Hfills
\family default
 are documented in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"

\end_inset

.
 Here are some examples:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
Left The default for 
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
 item labels.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

Right One 
\family sans
HFill
\family default
 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

Center
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

 One 
\family sans
HFill
\family default
 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Customized Lists
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Customized-Lists"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Customized
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The features described in this section require that the module 
\family sans
Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
 is loaded in the document settings.
 The module uses the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
enumitem
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Custom Enumerate Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
 argument (menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Short Title
\family default
) to the first item of each level in the list.
 There you add the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
label=
\backslash
roman{enumi}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
in TeX Code (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "ert-insert"
\end_inset

).
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
For more about TeX Code, look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:TeX-Code"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\emph on
 enumi
\emph default
 is hereby the first level counter of the enumeration.
 The command 
\series bold

\backslash
roman
\series default
 outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral.
 For capital Roman numerals replace 
\series bold

\backslash
roman
\series default
 with 
\series bold

\backslash
Roman
\series default
 in the command above.
 For Arabic numerals use 
\series bold

\backslash
arabic
\series default
.
 To 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

number
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 items with capital or small Latin letters use 
\series bold

\backslash
Alph
\series default
 or 
\series bold

\backslash
alph
\series default
, respectively.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 You can only number 26
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is a list with custom numbering:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

label=
\backslash
#
\backslash
Alph{enumi}
\backslash
#
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

Level 1
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

label=
\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash
arabic{enumii}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

Level 2
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Level 2
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

label=
\backslash
bf{
\backslash
arabic{enumiii}}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

Level 3
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

label=
\backslash
emph{
\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

Level 4
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent

\series bold
label=
\backslash
#
\backslash
Alph{enumi}
\backslash
#
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

label=
\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash
arabic{enumii}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

label=
\backslash
bf{
\backslash
arabic{enumiii}}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

label=
\backslash
emph{
\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
where the command 
\series bold

\backslash
emph{}
\series default
 makes the label emphasized and 
\series bold

\backslash
bf{}
\series default
 makes it bold.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
 lists until you change the definition.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

label=
\backslash
arabic{enumi}.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

first
\begin_inset Note Note
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
goes back to default numbering
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
second
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
regular text
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
resumed
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To resume an enumeration, use the style 
\family sans
Enumerate-Resume
\family default
.
 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the
 next one.
 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
 of a normal enumeration.
 There, insert the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
start=number
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
where 
\emph on
number
\emph default
 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
 An example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
first item
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
second item
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Enumeration starting at a given value:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

start=4
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

This enumeration starts at 4
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
List Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Spacing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
 of a list.
 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
A bullet list
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
with standard spacing 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
 of the list.
 Add there the command 
\series bold
nolistsep
\series default
 to get no additional list space like in this example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

nolistsep
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

A bullet list
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
without additional
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
vertical space
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
 
\series bold
enumitem
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 For more information see its documentation, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
 and indentation.
 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

labelindent=
\backslash
parindent, labelsep=2cm
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

An enumeration
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
with negative indentation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Further Customization
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Customization
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also change the style of description lists.
 The command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
font=definition
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
changes the description label font, the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
style=definition
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
sets the list style.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
An example where the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
font=
\backslash
itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
is used:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Ionizing
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

radiation: 
\begin_inset Argument
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
\backslash
itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
 ionizing them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Reference
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
 
\series bold
enumitem
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 For more information see its documentation 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Letters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Letters
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
: An Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
 environments called 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
.
 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
 In contrast, you can use the 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
 anything in them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Of course, you're not limited to using 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
 for letters only.
 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
 some European academic papers.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Usage
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Address-Usage"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
 for the opening and signature in some countries.
 Similarly, the 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
 Here's an example of each:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Right Address
Right Address
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Who I am
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Where I am
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

When is it? What is today?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
That was 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
.
 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
 Here's an example of the 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 environment:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Address
Who are you
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Where do I send this
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Your post office and country
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, both 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
 If you enter 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
 the environment to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
 This makes sense, since 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 is the 
\family typewriter
break-paragraph
\family default
 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
 Thus, you have to use 
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
 (
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 or 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break
\family default
) to start a new line in an 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Academic Writing
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
 or list of references.
 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Abstract
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Abstracts
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
 Also, don't bother trying to nest 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 in anything else or 
\emph on
vice versa
\emph default
.
 It will not work.
 The 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
 The book document classes ignores the 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 completely, and it's utterly silly to use 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 in a letter document class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 environment does several things for you.
 First, it puts the centered label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 above the text.
 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
 space.
 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
 the subsequent text.
 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
 The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are
 using.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Starting a new paragraph by entering 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 does not reset the paragraph environment.
 The new paragraph will still be in the 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 environment.
 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
 finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/Abstract.pdf

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"

\end_inset

Paragraph in the 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 environment
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We would love to demonstrate the 
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
 environment, but since this document is in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 class, we can't do this.
 We inserted it therefore as figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"

\end_inset

.
 If you have never heard of an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Bibliography
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Biblio_environment"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 environment is used to list references.
 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
 only use it at the end of the document.
 Nesting 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 in anything else or 
\emph on
vice versa
\emph default
 will not work.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you first open a 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Bibliography
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

References,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 depending on the document class.
 The heading is in a large boldface font.
 Each paragraph of the 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 environment is a bibliography entry.
 Thus, entering 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 does not reset the paragraph environment.
 Each new paragraph is still in the 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
 by using a BibTeX database.
 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
phy handling, have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LyX
\family sans
-Code
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! LyX code
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:LyX-Code"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
 environment is another LyX extension.
 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
 It also treats the 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 key as a fixed whitespace;
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
In the 
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
 environment, the 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 key is treated as a 
\family sans
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Blank
\family default
 instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 (the 
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
 function).
 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 breaks paragraphs.
 Note, however, that 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 does not reset the paragraph environment.
 So, when you finish using the 
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
 Also, you can nest the 
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
 environment inside of others.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

you can't follow 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 with a 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You can't follow a 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 with a 
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Use a 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a 
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Or: use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset

 instead.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
 You must put at least one 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 in any line you want blank.
 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing 
\family sans
"
\family default
 since that will insert 
\emph on
real
\emph default
 quotes.
 You get the typewriter double quotes with 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "self-insert \""
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
#include <stdio.h>
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
int main(void)
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
{
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
    printf("Hello World!
\backslash
n");
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
    return 0;
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This is just the standard 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Hello world!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 program.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
 rc-files, and so on.
 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
 as if you used a typewriter.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout

\end_inset

 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
 in the chapter 
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Nesting Environments
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nesting ! Environments
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
 properties.
 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
 another block.
 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
 has two subpoints.
 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
 list 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

attached
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to item #2:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
one
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
two
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
sublist – item #1
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
sublist – item #2
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
three
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Increase
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Depth
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Decrease
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Depth
\family default
 to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are
 nested).
 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

 or the key bindings 
\family sans
Tab
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Shift+Tab
\family default
 or 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

.
 The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing
 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
 paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
 If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Nesting isn't limited to lists.
 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
 about to find out.
 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
What You Can and Can't Nest
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated
 than a simple yes or no.
 There are three types of paragraph environments:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Completely unnestable
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
 things inside them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
 anything into them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
 environments have them:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Unnestable Can't nest them.
 Can't nest into them.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Bibliography
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Abstract
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Title
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Author
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Date
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Fully
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Nestable You can nest them.
 You can nest other things into them.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Verse
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quote
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Quotation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Description
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
List
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
LyX-Code
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
 You can't nest anything into them.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Standard
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Part
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Chapter
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Section
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsection
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsubsection
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Paragraph
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subparagraph
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Part*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Chapter*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Section*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsection*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Subsubsection*
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Address
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings
 like 
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
, 
\family sans
Section
\family default
, etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to
 create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas
 nested section headings violate this.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nesting ! Tables etc.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
 affected by nesting anyhow.
 They are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
equations
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
tables
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
figures
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
(
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Figures and tables in 
\family sans
Floats
\family default
 are not affected by this.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"

\end_inset

 for more information about 
\family sans
Floats
\family default
.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
 it is in goes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

paragraph
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of its own, it behaves just like a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

nestable-inside
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 paragraph environment.
 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
 into it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here's an example with a table:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Item One
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
a
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
b
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
c
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
d
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
 The table is actually nested inside (a).
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Item One
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
a
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
b
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
c
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
d
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
 The table is 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 nested inside (a).
 In fact, it's not nested at all.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
 item of a new list!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
 deep enough.
 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Item One
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
a
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
b
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
c
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
d
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 inside (a).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
 new list 
\emph on
inside
\emph default
 item 1.
 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
 depth!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Usage and General Features
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
 In other words, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

level #6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is the innermost possible depth.
 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
level #1 – outermost
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
level #2
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
level #3
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
level #4
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
level #5
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
level #6
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
 both of them in the example.
 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
 nesting with the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environments.
 For example, if we tried to nest another 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 list inside item 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, we would get errors.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Some Examples
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nesting ! Examples
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
 We have several examples of nested environments.
 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
 them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#1-a This is the outermost level.
 It's a 
\family sans
List
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#2-a This is level #2.
 We created it by using 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 followed by 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#3-a This is level #3.
 This time, we just enter 
\family sans
Return
\family default
, then used 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

 twice in a row.
 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
 by entering 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 followed by 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
This is actually a 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 environment, nested inside of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 So, it's at level #4.
 We did this by entering 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

, then 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

, then changing the paragraph environment to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
 for the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
, 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
, and 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environments!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here's another 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#4-a This is level #4.
 We enter 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 and changed the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans
List
\family default
.
 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
 However, we 
\emph on
can
\emph default
 keep nesting things inside 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
and this is level #6.
 By now, you should know how we made these two.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#5-b Back to level #5.
 Just enter 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 followed by a 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#4-b After another 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 followed by a 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

, we're back at level #4.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#3-b Back to level #3.
 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#2-b Back to level #2.
 
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
 After this sentence, we will enter 
\family sans
Return
\family default
 and change the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 to end the list.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We could have also used the 
\family sans
Description
\family default
, 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
, 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
, or even the 
\family sans
Verse
\family default
 environment in place of the 
\family sans
List
\family default
 environment.
 The example would have worked exactly the same.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 2: Inheritance
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
\end_layout

\begin_layout LyX-Code
level.
  Now we will enter 
\family sans
Return
\family default
, then 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

, after
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

which, we will change to the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment, at level #2.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Notice how the nested 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
), but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
We ended this example by entering 
\family sans
Return
\family default
.
 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
 and reset the nesting depth by using 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

 once.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 Environments
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #1, in an 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 paragraph environment.
 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #2.
 We used 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 followed by 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

.
 Now, what happens if we nest an 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
 label be? An asterisk?
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
No! It's a bullet.
 This is the 
\emph on
first
\emph default
 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment, even though it's at level #3.
 So, its label is a bullet.
 (We got here by using 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

, then 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

, then changing the environment to 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
.)
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Here's level #4, produced using 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

, then 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

.
 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
to get to level #5.
 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
.
 Notice the type of numbering, it is 
\emph on
lowercase Roman
\emph default
, because we are in the 
\emph on
thirdfold
\emph default
 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment (that is, it is an 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 inside an 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 inside an 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
What happens if we 
\emph on
don't
\emph default
 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
 type of numbering does LyX use?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Let's use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

 to decrease the depth after the next 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #4.
 Look what type of label LyX is using!
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #3.
 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
 numeral as the label.Why?
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is 
\emph on
still
\emph default
 a thirdfold 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment.
 Notice, however, that LyX 
\emph on
did
\emph default
 reset the counter for the label.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Another 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
 into the twofold-nested 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The same thing happens if we do another 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Lastly, we reset the environment to 
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
 LyX uses for the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environments.
 The number of other 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
 an 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 item.
 The same rule applies for the 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 environment, as well.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 4: Going Bonkers
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
We're going to go totally nuts now.
 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
 the same detail with how we did it.
 (level #1: 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
(
\family sans
Return, 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset


\family sans
, Standard
\family default
: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
 the example in parentheses someplace.
 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
(
\family sans
Return, Enumerate
\family default
: level #1) This is the next item in the list.
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
Now we will add verse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

It will get much worse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

(
\family sans
Return, 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset


\family sans
, Verse
\family default
: level #2)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Verse
Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Bippitey boppitey boo!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

(
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset


\family sans
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Verse
Here comes a table:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
one-fish
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
two-fish
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
red-fish
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
blue-fish
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
(
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset


\family sans
, Table, 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset

 3 times, 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset


\family sans
, Verse, 
\family default

\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
(
\family sans
Return, Enumerate
\family default
: level #1) This is another item.
 Note that selecting a 
\family sans
Table
\family default
 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
 3 times to put the table inside the 
\family sans
Verse
\family default
 environment.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
We're now ending the 
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
 list and changing to 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
.
 We're still at level #1.
 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
 The next set of paragraphs is a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

quoted letter.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 We will nest both the 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
 environments inside of this one, then use another nested 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 for the letter body.
 We will use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset

 to preserve the depth.
 Remember that you need to use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 to create multiple lines inside the 
\family sans
Address
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Address
\family default
 environments.
 Here it goes:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Right Address
1234 Nowhere Rd.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Moosegroin, MT 00100
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

9-6-96
\end_layout

\begin_layout Address
Dear Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Fizlewitz:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
 a backlog in our orders for methane.
 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
 as soon as possible.
 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
We do, however, now have a special on beef.
 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
 with your order, along with payment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation
We thank you again for your patience.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Address
Sincerely,
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Bill Hick
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Quotation
That ends that example!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
 just a few keystrokes.
 We could have easily nested an 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 list inside of a 
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
, or put a 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 inside of an 
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
 list.
 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Spacing, pagination and line breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
 you more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot
 be broken at the end of a line.
 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
 useful.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Protected Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Protected-Space"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! Protected
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
 line at that point.
 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
Further documentation is given in section
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"

\end_inset

.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 A protected space is set with 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Horizontal Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Horizontal-Space"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Horizontal
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Horizontal Space
\family default
.
 The length units are listed in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Inter-word Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Inter-word-Space"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! Inter-word
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries
 to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters
 at the ends of sentences.
 There is no need to do this as LyX automatically takes care about this.
 However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation
 followed by a period; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Abbreviations"

\end_inset

 for examples.
 To insert a normal space, select 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "space-insert normal"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Thin Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Thin-Space"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! Thin
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

thin space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

protected
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance,
 inside abbreviations:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
D.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

E.
 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
or between values and units.
 Compare for example this:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

kg (thin space)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

10 kg (normal space
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can insert thin spaces with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "space-insert thin"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
More Spaces
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also insert the following space types:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Negative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

space A line with a 
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset

 negative thin space between the arrows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Enspace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em) A line with an 
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \enskip{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset

 enspace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Quad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em) A line with a 
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \quad{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset

 Quad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
QQuad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em) A line with a 
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \qquad{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset

 QQuad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Custom
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

space A line with
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \hspace{}
\length 2cm
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset

 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

cm space between the arrows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Width-of-the"

\end_inset

 lists the different space sizes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Width-of-the"

\end_inset

Width of the different horizontal spaces.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Space
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Width
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Normal
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/3
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Protected
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/3
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Thin
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Negative thin
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1/6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Enspace (0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Quad (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
QQuad (2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection

\family sans
Horizontal Fills
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Fills
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
 in a uniform fashion.
 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
 equally between themselves.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
This is on the left side
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

This is on the right
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
Left
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

Middle
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

Right
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
Left
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

1/3 Left
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

Right
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
That was an example in the 
\family sans
Quote
\family default
 environment.
 Here
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset

is one in a standard paragraph.
 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it 
\emph on
is
\emph default
 sitting in-between the two arrows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the 
\family sans
Fill
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Pattern
\family default
s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Dots: 
\begin_inset space \dotfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Rule: 
\begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Left arrow: 
\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Right arrow: 
\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Up brace: 
\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Down brace: 
\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
 If you need space in this case anyway, set the 
\family sans
Protect
\family default
 option in the space dialog.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Phantom Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Phantom-Space"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Phantom
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
 For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset

What is correct English?:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Edge would have been jumps the gun.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Mr.
 Edge 
\end_layout

\end_inset

has to be jumped
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Mr.
 Edge 
\end_layout

\end_inset

jumps
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
so that the choices appear exactly after the phrase 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Edge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Phantom
\family default
.
 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
 lines and insert 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Edge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 into the phantom inset (note the space after 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Edge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
 That is why it is named 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

phantom
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
 dimension.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Vertical Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Vertical-Space"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Vertical
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 dialog.
 There you find the following sizes:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
SmallSkip
\family default
, 
\family sans
MedSkip
\family default
 and 
\family sans
BigSkip
\family default
 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
 
\family sans
DefSkip
\family default
 is the skip adjusted in the dialog 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 for the paragraph separation.
 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs 
\family sans
DefSkip
\family default
 is equal to 
\family sans
MedSkip
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
VFill
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Fills
\end_layout

\end_inset

 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
 An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a 
\family sans
Vfill
\family default
 between them.
 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
 
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s work like 
\family sans
HFill
\family default
s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
HFill
\family default
s are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 If there are several 
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
 You can therefore use 
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Custom
\family default
 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 
\series medium
If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option 
\family sans
Protect
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Alignment
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Alignment
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can change the paragraph alignment with the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph Settings
\family default
 dialog (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset

).
 There are five possibilities: 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Justified
\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "paragraph-params \\align block"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Left
\family default
 (
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "paragraph-params \\align left"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Right
\family default
 (
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "paragraph-params \\align right"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Center
\family default
 (
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "paragraph-params \\align center"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Default
\family default
 (
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "paragraph-params \\align default"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
 the left and right margins.
 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align right
This paragraph is right aligned,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
this one is centered,
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align left
this one is left aligned.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Page Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Page breaks ! Forced
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
 can force a page break where you want one.
 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
 Only if you use a lot of 
\family sans
Floats
\family default
, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished
 and you have checked in the preview to see if you 
\emph on
really
\emph default
 have to change the page breaking.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
 action.
 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Page
\family default
.
 The second type, that is inserted via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break
\family default
, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
 the complete page.
 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
 on which only the last few lines are absent.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
 at the top of a page.
 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
 See chapter 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"

\end_inset

 to learn more about 
\family sans
Floats
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Clear Page Breaks
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Page breaks ! Clear
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after
 it, if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can insert a clear page break with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Page
\family default
.
 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Page
\family default
 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Line Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Line breaks
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks
 the line.
 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break
\family default
 or with 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

.
 Another type that is inserted via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Justified
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break
\family default
 or with 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert linebreak"
\end_inset

 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
 the page margins.
 This is useful to avoid 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

fringes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessaryactively
 to set a line break, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Quote"

\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Verse"

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Address-Usage"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Horizontal Lines
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Horizontal lines
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset CommandInset line
LatexCommand rule
offset "0.5ex"
width "100line%"
height "1pt"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
In the dialog 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Line
\family default
 you can insert horizontal lines.
 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
 of the current text line or the paragraph.
 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset CommandInset line
LatexCommand rule
offset "0.5ex"
width "100line%"
height "1pt"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Characters and Symbols
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example,
 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
 See section
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"

\end_inset

 for information on how this is done.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
 can use the 
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
 dialog via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Symbols
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Fonts and Text Styles
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Font Types
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Font ! Types
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are two types of fonts:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Vector
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Fonts ! Vector-
\end_layout

\end_inset

 are built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
 characters) in the font.
 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
 to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
 sizes than at small ones.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

The font types 
\family typewriter
TrueType
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
OpenType
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1
\family default
 are vector fonts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Bitmap
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Fonts ! Bitmap-
\end_layout

\end_inset

 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they
 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an
 image manipulation program.
 In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
 several fixed sizes typically from around 8
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

pixels high up to 34
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
 to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than
 scalable fonts.
 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Bitmap fonts are named 
\family typewriter
Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

3
\family default
 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
 use scalable fonts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
 font to emphasize text, you use an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

emphasized style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 instead.
 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
 details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LaTeX font support
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Traditionally, LaTeX used its own fonts.
 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
 distribution.
 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared
 to a word processor.
 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
 across different machines.
 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX has increased a
 lot in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial
 fonts.
 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
 (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Document-Font"

\end_inset

 for details).
 However, all the others are available if you enter the relevant LaTeX code
 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
 font).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able directly
 to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely XeTeX
 and LuaTeX.
 Both engines are supported by LyX.
 By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font
 that is installed on your system.
 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
es; so you might have to experiment.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Document Font and Font size
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Document-Font"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Font ! Size
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Font
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can set the document fonts in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 dialog.
 In the 
\family sans
Fonts
\family default
 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
 three different font shapes — roman (serif), 
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

serif
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
 (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors
 for (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit
 with the roman font.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you select 
\family sans
Use non-T
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX fonts
\family default
, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
 This requires that you use 
\family sans
PDF (XeT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX)
\family default
, 
\family sans
PDF (LuaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX)
\family default
 or 
\family sans
DVI (LuaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX)
\family default
 as the output format, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"

\end_inset

).
 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
 (roman, sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
or font failures.
 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
 font include 
\family sans
Default
\family default
 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
 If you select 
\family sans
Default,
\family default
 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Modern
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
) or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
European Computer Modern
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
), but some classes preset different default fonts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As 
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
 are bitmap fonts, they often look pixelated in PDF output, especially when
 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in 
\family typewriter
Adobe
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Reader
\family default
 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
 renderer.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
 Depending on how your document should look, you can either:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
select the 
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Modern
\family default
 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
 
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
.
 
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Modern
\family default
 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace 
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
 as the default font.
 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, 
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Modern
\family default
 looks identical to 
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
One difference is improved kerning.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
or select the 
\family sans
AE
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(Almost
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European)
\family default
 fonts in (the rare) case that 
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Modern
\family default
 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
 the look of 
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
.
 
\family typewriter
AE
\family default
 is a virtual font.
 Virtual means that it 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

steals
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 outline 
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
-glyphs from other fonts.
 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
 guillemets (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

«
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

»
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Loading the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
aeguill
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
\end_layout

\end_inset

 with the document preamble line
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold

\backslash
usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series default
will fix the guillemet problem.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 and that accented characters are not 
\emph on
one
\emph default
 glyph, but built of 
\emph on
two
\emph default
 characters, the accent and the letter.
 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
 using the 
\family typewriter
AE
\family default
 fonts.
 If you search for example for the French word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

rève
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
 for the glyph 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

 è 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and not for the glyph 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

 e +
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

 ̀ 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
If you do not like the look of 
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
, you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\family typewriter
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Roman
\family default
 or
\family typewriter
 Palatino
\family default
.
 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

serif and typewriter fonts,
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g., 
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Roman
\family default
 selects 
\family sans
Helvetica
\family default
 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

a real font 
\emph on
family
\emph default
 (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

in case of 
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Modern
\family default
 oder 
\family sans
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Modern
\family default
).
\end_layout

\end_inset

 but you can also select your own.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

The differences between roman, 
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

serif
\family default
 and 
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
 fonts are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"

\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

The font 
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Roman
\family default
 was originally designed for newspapers.
 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
 into the small newspaper columns.
 Therefore 
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Roman
\family default
 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For the font size there are generally four possible values: 
\family sans
Default, 10
\family default
, 
\family sans
11
\family default
 and 
\family sans
12
\family default
.
 Some classes provide additional sizes.
 The size of 
\family sans
Default
\family default
 depends on the class you are using.
 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that the font size is the 
\emph on
base size
\emph default
.
 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the 
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style
\family default
 dialog if needed.
 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Family
\family default
 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
 be roman, sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

serif or typewriter.
 The 
\family sans
Default
\family default
 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
 this.
 In most cases, 
\family sans
Default
\family default
 is equal to 
\family sans
roman
\family default
, but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The
\family typewriter
 
\family sans
LaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X font encoding
\family default
 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
 the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
fontenc
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
\end_layout

\end_inset

 (see also sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"

\end_inset

).
 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
 Unless you have specific reasons, use 
\family sans
Default
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With some fonts, the checkboxes 
\family sans
Use Old Style Figures
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Use True Small Caps
\family default
 are available.
 These are extra features some fonts provide.
 If 
\family sans
Use Old Style Figures
\family default
 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
 are used.
 Old style figures are the numerals (0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

--
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase
 letters.
 
\family sans
Use True Small Caps
\family default
 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
 of scaled capitals.
 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The field 
\family sans
CJK
\family default
 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
 a font to display the script characters.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
CJK
\series default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! CJK
\end_layout

\end_inset

 So this has no effect for the document language 
\family sans
Japanese
\family default
 that does not use 
\series bold
CJK
\series default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
 dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Using Different Character Styles
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Character Styles
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Text Style
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
 certain paragraph environments.
 LyX supports two character styles, 
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Noun
\family default
.
 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
 toolbar.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To activate the 
\family sans
Noun
\family default
 style, do one of the following:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
click on the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "font-noun"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
use the key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-noun"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These commands are all toggles.
 That is, if 
\family sans
Noun
\family default
 style is already active, they deactivate it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
One typically uses the 
\family sans
Noun
\family default
 style for proper names.
 For example: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\noun on
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default
 is the original author of LyX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A more widely used character style is the 
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
 style.
 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the 
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
 style by:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
clicking on the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "font-emph"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
using the keybindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-emph"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Normally the 
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
es use a different font.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We've been using the 
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
 style all over the place in this document.
 Here's one more example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Quotation

\emph on
Do not overuse character styles!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It's also a warning in addition to an example.
 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
 the common tendency to overuse character styles.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can always reset to the default font using the key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-default"
\end_inset

 or the dialog 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Customized
\family default
 (
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show character"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Fine-Tuning with the 
\family sans
Text Style
\family default
 dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Text Style
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning; so
 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
 from ordinary dialog.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles! 
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and
 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To use custom character styles, open the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Customized
\family default
 dialog or press the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show character"
\end_inset

.
 There are several boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different
 font property that you can choose.
 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select 
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

change
\family default
, which keeps the current state of that property.
 The item 
\family sans
Reset
\family default
 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
 environments all at once.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The font properties, and their options (in addition to 
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

change
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Reset
\family default
) are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Family
\family default
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the font.
 The possible options are:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Roman
\family default
 This is the Roman font family.
 Normally a serif font.
 It's also the default family.
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-roman"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Serif
\family default
 
\family sans
This is the Sans Serif font family.

\family default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-sans"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
 
\family typewriter
This is the Typewriter font family.

\family default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-typewriter"
\end_inset


\family sans
)
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Series
\family default
 This corresponds to the print weight.
 Options are:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Medium
\family default
 This is the Medium font series.
 It's also the default series.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Bold
\family default
 
\series bold
This is the Bold font series.

\series default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-bold"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Shape
\family default
 As the name implies.
 Options are:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Upright
\family default
 This is the Upright font shape.
 It's also the default shape.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Italic
\family default
 
\shape italic
This
\shape default
 
\family sans
\shape italic
i
\family default
s the Italic font shape
\shape default
\emph on
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Slanted
\family default
 
\shape slanted
This is the Slanted font shape
\shape default
 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Caps
\family default
 
\shape smallcaps
This is the Small caps font shape
\shape default
\noun on
.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Color
\family default
 Alters the text color.
 Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
 Besides 
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

color
\family default
, which means that the document default color set in 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Color
\family default
 for 
\family sans
Main
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\family default
 is used, you can choose between 
\family sans
Black
\family default
, 
\family sans
White
\family default
, 
\family sans
Red
\family default
, 
\family sans
Green
\family default
, 
\family sans
Blue
\family default
, 
\family sans
Cyan
\family default
, 
\family sans
Magenta
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Yellow
\family default
 text.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Color ! Text
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Language
\family default
 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
 the language of the document.
 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
 (only within LyX).
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document,
 LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically.
 When using the spell checking (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"

\end_inset

) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Size
\family default
 Alters the size of the font.
 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
 proportional to the document font size.
 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
 what you want to do.
 The options are:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Tiny
\family default
 
\size tiny
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Tiny
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size tiny"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Smallest
\family default
 
\size scriptsize
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size
\size default
.
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-size scriptsize"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Smaller
\family default
 
\size footnotesize
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Smaller
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size footnotesize"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Small
\family default
 
\size small
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size small"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Normal
\family default
 This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.
 It's also the default size.
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size normal"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Large
\family default
 
\size large
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Large
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size large"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Larger
\family default
 
\size larger
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Larger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size larger"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Largest
\family default
 
\size largest
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-size largest"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Huge
\family default
 
\size huge
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size huge"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Huger
\family default
 
\size giant
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font size.

\size default
 (key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-size giant"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Increase
\family default
 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-size increase"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Decrease
\family default
 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-size decrease"
\end_inset

)
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
We warn you 
\emph on
yet again
\emph default
: don't go crazy with this feature.
 You should almost never need to change the font size.
 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
 — use those instead.
 This is here for fine-tuning only!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Misc
\family default
 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
 Options are:
\end_layout

\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Emph
\family default
 
\emph on
This is text with emphasize on
\emph default
.
 This might seem like the same as 
\shape italic
Italic
\shape default
, but it is actually a bit different.
 Emphasized is a 
\emph on
logical
\emph default
 attribute.
 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
 text.
 Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Underbar
\family default
 
\bar under
This is text with Underbar on.

\bar default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "font-underline"
\end_inset


\family sans
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\family default
Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
 when you could not change fonts.
 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
 This is only possible in LyX because some people 
\emph on
may
\emph default
 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

underbar
\family default
 
\uuline on
This is text with Double underbar on.

\uuline default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-underunderline"
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
 about double underbar.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Wavy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

underbar
\family default
 
\uwave on
This is text with Wavy underbar on.

\uwave default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-underwave"
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
 Keep antinausea pills handy.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Strikeout
\family default
 
\strikeout on
This is text with Strikeout on.

\strikeout default
 (key binding 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-strikeout"
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
 changed in the meantime.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Noun
\family default
 
\noun on
This is text with Noun on.

\noun default
 Like 
\family sans
Emph
\family default
, this is a logical attribute.
 Normally it's equivalent to 
\family sans
Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Caps
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
 Once you have chosen a new character style via the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Customized
\family default
 (
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show character"
\end_inset

) dialog, the settings are saved.
 You can activate them by using the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset

.
 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
 isn't visible.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To completely reset the character style to the default, use 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-default"
\end_inset

.
 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
 (suppose you just set the shape to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

slanted
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and the series to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

), set the 
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

all
\family default
 switch and press 
\family sans
Apply
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You should also know something about the differences between the three main
 font types 
\family sans
serif
\family default
, 
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

serif
\family default
, and 
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
 is a so called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

monospaced
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 font, which means every character has the same width; the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

i
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is as wide as the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

m
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 Here is an example
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
no 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family typewriter
typewriter text
\family default

\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
For more on phantoms see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Phantom-Space"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

no typewriter text
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Serif
\family default
 fonts use characters with serifs.
 These are the small 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

appendices
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
 The following example shows the difference:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

text with serifs
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\family sans
text without serifs
\family default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
 These fonts are therefore used as default (named 
\family sans
roman
\family default
).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\family sans
Sans serif
\family default
 is not recommended for use as a base type.
 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Toggling
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 refers to applying or removing font properties.
 When a property is marked for toggling in the 
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style
\family default
 dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause
 the property to be removed.
 If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
 G.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Never toggled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

always toggled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Family
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
 If 
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

all
\family default
 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
 of them are.
 Finally, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Reset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is never toggled.
 If you, for example, set 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Series
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Reset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and select 
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

all
\family default
, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
 series (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Medium
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

), no matter how many times you apply the style.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Printing and Previewing
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
 goes on behind-the-scenes.
 We cover this information in much greater detail in the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual as well.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
 This happens in two stages:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
 generating a file with the extension, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.tex
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the 
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
 file to produce printable output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Output file formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Output-file-formats"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Simple text (ASCII)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! ASCII
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.txt
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

American Standard Code for Information Interchange
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (ASCII).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to ASCII with the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\family default
.
 However, this will not export any externally generated material such as
 a BibTeX bibliography (section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"

\end_inset

).
 If your document includes such material, use 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
More
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Formats
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Options
\family default
 and then select 
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ps2ascii)
\family default
.
 This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating
 thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! LaTeX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.tex
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
 your document.
 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
 it manually with console commands.
 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
 you view or export your document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\family default
.
 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Export"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
DVI
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! DVI
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.dvi
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 It is called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

device-independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
 DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats,
 like PostScript.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
 when you view the DVI.
 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to DVI by the menus 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
DVI
\family default
 or 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(LuaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X).

\family default
 The latter option uses the program 
\family typewriter
LuaTeX
\family default
.
 
\family typewriter
LuaTeX
\family default
 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
 font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"

\end_inset

).
 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
 standard TeX processor.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
PostScript
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! PostScript
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.ps
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 PostScript was developed by the company 
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
 as a printer language.
 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
 file.
 PostScript can be seen as a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

programming language
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-pack
age 
\series bold
pstricks
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
PostScript can only contain images in the format 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Encapsulated PostScript
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (EPS, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.eps
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
 to convert them in the background to EPS.
 If, for example, you have 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

images in your document, LyX has to do 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
 EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can export to PostScript using the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
PostScript
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
PDF
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! PDF
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
PDF
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.pdf
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (PDF) developed by 
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
 was derived from PostScript.
 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
 As the name 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

portable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output
 looks exactly the same.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Joint Photographic Experts Group
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (JPG, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.jpg
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.jpeg
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (PNG, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.png
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

).
 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
 background to one of these formats.
 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
 will slow down your workflow.
 So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to PDF via the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export
\family default
 in different ways:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(pdflatex) This uses the program 
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
 which converts your file directly to PDF.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(LuaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X) This uses the program 
\family typewriter
LuaTeX
\family default
 which converts your file directly to PDF.
 
\family typewriter
LuaTeX
\family default
 is a new engine, derived from 
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
 access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"

\end_inset

).
 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
 standard TeX processor.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(XeTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X) This uses the program 
\family typewriter
XeTeX
\family default
 that converts your file directly to PDF.
 
\family typewriter
XeTeX
\family default
 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
 font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"

\end_inset

).
 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example,
 vertically written Japanese.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(dvipdfm) This uses the program 
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
 PDF.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ps2pdf) This uses the program 
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
 The PostScript-version is produced by the program 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
 So this export variant consists of three conversions.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We recommend using 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(pdflatex)
\family default
 because 
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
 works without problems.
 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
or specific OpenType fonts, you might
 want to try out 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(XeTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X)
\family default
 or 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(LuaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X)
\family default
 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
 as 
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
XHTML
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
FileFormats ! XHTML
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
HTML
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.xhtml
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
 suitable for the purpose.
 For the math output you can choose in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Output
\family default
 between different formats, which are described in section 
\emph on
Math Output in XHTML
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
XHTML output remains 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

under development
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
 See the chapter 
\emph on
LyX and the World Wide Web
\emph default
, in the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual, for more information.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LyXHTML
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Previewing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Preview 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
 
\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew
\family default
 and choose 
\family sans
\bar under
V
\bar default
iew
\family default
 or use the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-view"
\end_inset

.
 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset

) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
 (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Output"

\end_inset

).
 Further output formats can be selected via 
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View (Other Formats)
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/view-others.png
	scale 85
	groupId toolbarbuttons

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
 viewer window using the menu 
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update
\family default
 or 
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\family default
, respectively.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
 directory.
 To have a real output, export your document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Printing the File from within LyX
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Printing-the-File"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
 it directly from within LyX.
 To print a file, select the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Print
\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "dialog-show print"
\end_inset

) or click on the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show print"
\end_inset

.
 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
 This file is then processed by the program 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
 to a PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program 
\family typewriter
Ghostscript
\family default
.
 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can set the following print parameters in the 
\family sans
Print
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Destination
\family default
 box:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
Printer
\family default
 This is the name of the printer to print to.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Note that this printer name is for the program 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
.
 That means 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
 has to be configured for this printer name.
 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Printer"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The printer should understand PostScript.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
File
\family default
 The name of a file to print to.
 The output will be a PostScript file.
 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
 path.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can choose to print only a range of pages, only even-numbered or only
 odd-numbered pages or to print the pages in reverse — the latter options
 are useful for printing on two sides with a printer without a duplexer:
 you re-insert the pages after printing one set to print on the other side.
 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
A few Words about Typography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hyphens
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dashes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In LyX, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 character comes in four lengths: the 
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
, the 
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
, the 
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
, and the minus sign:
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="3mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
name
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
output
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
inserted with
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
hyphen
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in text
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
en dash
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
–
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Symbols
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
em dash
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
—
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Symbols
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
minus sign
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $-$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in math mode
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
-
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 character multiple times in a row.
 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
 the final output, but not in LyX.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

-
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 gives a en dash, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

-
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

-
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 a em dash.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
 math mode and has a length of its own.
 Here are some examples:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
line- and page-breaks
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

(
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
From A–Z
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

(
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Oh — there's a dash.
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

(
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset


\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset

(
\emph on
minus sign
\emph default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphenation
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hyphenation
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Hyphenation"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
babel
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout

\end_inset

 following the rules of the document language.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the
 
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
 font and with unusual constructs, like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

h3knix/m0n0wall
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
 manually.
 This is done with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Point
\family default
.
 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
 in the form 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

A-b c
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 LaTeX would then see the hyphen 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 as a hyphenation possibility.
 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
 as described in section 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Prevent Hyphenation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Punctuation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Punctuation marks
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Abbreviations and End of Sentence
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Abbreviations"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
 LaTeX then adds the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

appropriate amount of space.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
 the next word.
 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
 gets after another word.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
 not work in all cases.
 If a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here are some examples of 
\emph on
correct
\emph default
 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
M.
 Butterfly
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Don't worry.
 Be happy.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
 this is too much space!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
This is I.
 It's okay.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To fix this problem, use one of the following:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Use an 
\family sans
Inter-word
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"

\end_inset

).
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! inter-word
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Use a 
\family sans
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Thin-Space"

\end_inset

).
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! thin
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Use an 
\family sans
End
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

sentence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

period
\family default
 found under the 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Character
\family default
 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
 This function is also bound to 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
\end_inset

 for easy access.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

this is too much space!
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
This is I\SpecialChar \@.
 It's okay.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
 will take care of this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
 Check out the 
\family sans
Check
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

TeX
\family default
 feature described in the section 
\emph on
Checking TeX
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Quotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Quotes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Quotes | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Typography
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
 and use a closing quote at the end.
 For example, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

open close
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The keyboard character, 
\family sans
"
\family default
, generates this automatically.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can specify what character the 
\family sans
"
\family default
 key produces using the submenu 
\family sans
Language
\family default
 of the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 dialog in the box 
\family sans
Quote Style
\family default
.
 There are six choices:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Text
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\family default
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

this
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset

Text
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset


\family default
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset

this
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset

Text
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset


\family default
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset

this
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset

Text
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset


\family default
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset

this
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset

Text
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset


\family default
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset

this
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000

\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset

Text
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset


\family default
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset

this
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For single quotes you have to use the shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "quote-insert single"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Ligatures
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Ligatures
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ligatures | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Typography
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Ligatures"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
 print them as single characters.
 These groups are known as 
\emph on
ligatures
\emph default
.
 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
 in the output.
 Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
ff
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
fi
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
fl
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
ffi
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
ffl
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
 While a ligature may be okay in the word, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

graffiti,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 it looks really weird in compound words, such as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

cufflink
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or the German 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Dorffest.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 To break a ligature, use 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break.

\family default
 This changes 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

cufflinks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
links
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Dorffest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
fest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LyX's Proper Names
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LyX ! Proper names
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
 characters in different sizes and heights.
 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

command
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Note the order of the upper- and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the
 following proper names:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
LyX The name of the game, write 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

L
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

yX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to produce it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
TeX The program used by LaTeX, write 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

T
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to produce it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
LaTeX The program used by LyX, write 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to produce it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX2e
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to produce it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

2
\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 It is an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number 
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset

: The actual version is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

TeX-3.141592
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, the previous one was 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

TeX-3.14159
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you don't want to use proper names, for example, in section headings,
 you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the word.
 In LyX this will look like 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/LaTeX.png
	scale 80

\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

For more about TeX Code, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:TeX-Code"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Units
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Units
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
 space between two words.
 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
 smaller.
 To get such a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

half space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for units use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space
\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcuts"
arg   "space-insert thin"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
24
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

kW
\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset

h
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
space between number and unit
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
24
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

kW
\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset

h
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
half space between number and unit
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Widows and Orphans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Widows and orphans
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
 happened to end.
 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
 These bits of text became known as 
\emph on
widows
\emph default
 and 
\emph on
orphans
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
 specifically to prevent widows and orphans.
 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We cannot go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can
 tweak that behavior.
 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion"

\end_inset

 or
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexguide"

\end_inset

) may have more information.
 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Notes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Notes"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Note
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(xxx)
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Comment
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
 set in the document settings under 
\family sans
Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Greyed-out
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

notes
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is the text
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 of a comment that appears in the output.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Notes are inserted with the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "note-insert"
\end_inset

 or the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Note
\family default
.
 Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Footnotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Footnotes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Footnotes"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
 menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Footnote
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "footnote-insert"
\end_inset

, 
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
you will see
\family default
\series default
\bar default
 a box like this: 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
	scale 80

\end_inset


\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
 If you
\family default
\series default
\bar default
 left-click on 
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
foot
\family roman

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\family default
\series default
\bar default
 
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
label, the box will
\family default
\series default
\bar default
 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
 Clicking on the box label again will close 
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
the
\family default
\series default
\bar default
 box
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
.
 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
 and click on the footnote
\family default
\series default
\bar default
 toolbar 
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
button
\family default
\series default
\bar default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example footnote:
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no

\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
 position where the footnote box is placed.
 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
 The footnote number is calculated by LyX according to the document class.
 LyX does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get
 other schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
 T
\family roman
h
\family default
ey are described in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Marginal Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Marginal notes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Marginal-Notes"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
 When you insert a margin note via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Marginal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Note
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset

, you will see 
\family roman
\series medium
a
\family default
\series default
 
\family roman
\series medium
box with the
\family default
\series default
 
\family roman
\series medium
label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 appearing within your text.
 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
\family default
\series default
al 
\family roman
\series medium
note.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
\family roman
\series medium

\begin_inset Marginal
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align left
This is a marginal note.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
 pages, right on odd pages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For further information about marginal notes see the section 
\emph on
Margin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Notes
\emph default
 in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Graphics and Images
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Images
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Graphics
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Graphics"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
 you want and click on the toolbar icon 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset

 or select 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
 from the menu.
 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
 The 
\family sans
\bar under
G
\bar default
raphics
\family default
 tab allows you to choose your image file.
 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
 factor.
 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the tab 
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
 of the image in the output.
 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
 
\family sans
Get
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

from
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

file
\family default
.
 The option 
\family sans
Clip
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

bounding
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

box
\family default
 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
 the tab 
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the 
\family sans
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Ly
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X options
\family default
 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
 The option 
\family sans
Draft
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

mode
\family default
 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
 with the image size is printed.
 The option 
\family sans
Don't
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

unzip
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

export
\family default
 is explained in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual in section 
\emph on
Graphics Dialog
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
 in the text.
 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/mobius.eps
	scale 70

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
 the image into a float, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Figure-Floats"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Image Formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Images ! Formats
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Image-Formats"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can insert images in any known file format.
 But as we explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Output-file-formats"

\end_inset

, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
 LyX therefore uses the program 
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Output-file-formats"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Bitmap
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
 Well-known bitmap image formats are 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Graphics Interchange Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (GIF, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.gif
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
GIF|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (PNG, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.png
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
PNG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Joint Photographic Experts Group
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (JPG, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.jpg
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.jpeg
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
JPG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Scalable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
 data loss.
 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Scalable image formats can be 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Scalable Vector Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (SVG, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.svg
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
SVG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Encapsulated PostScript
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (EPS, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.eps
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
EPS|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (PDF, file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
.pdf
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
PDF
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 We say 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

can be
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
 result will not be scalable.
 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
 image.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only 
\emph on
vice versa
\emph default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping of Image Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Images ! Settings grouping
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
 group.
 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
 the same way.
 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
 need to manually change each of them.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A new group can be set by pressing the button 
\family sans
Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

new
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

group
\family default
 in the
\family sans
 Graphics
\family default
 dialog in the 
\family sans
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Ly
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X options
\family default
 tab.
 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
 and checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Tables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tables
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Tables"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can insert a table using either the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "tabular-insert"
\end_inset

 or the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\family default
.
 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
 from the rest of the table.
 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
 them.
 Here is an example table:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
1
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
A
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
B
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\size normal
\noun off
\color none
 
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
C
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The Table dialog
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
 then choosing 
\family sans
More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
 This brings up the table dialog.
 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
 cursor is placed currently.
 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
 done on all of your selection.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In addition to the table dialog, the 
\family sans
table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

toolbar
\family default
 helps you in setting table properties.
 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the tab 
\family sans
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Settings
\family default
 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
 current cell respectively.
 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
 is given.
 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
 of text, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Table-Cells"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
 using the check box 
\family sans
Multicolumn
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Multirow
\family default
.
 This will merge the cells to 
\emph on
one
\emph default
 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
 in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
abc
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
def ghi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
jkl
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
A
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
B
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
C
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
D
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
4
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
 They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
 explained in the chapter 
\emph on
Tables
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

degrees counterclockwise.
 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Most DVI-viewers are 
\emph on
not
\emph default
 able to display rotations.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Borders
\family default
 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
 The button 
\family sans
Default
\family default
 adds lines for all cell borders.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Longtables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tables ! Longtables
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Longtables
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option 
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

long
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

table
\family default
 in the tab 
\family sans
Longtable
\family default
 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
Header
\family default
: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
 except for the first page, if 
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

header
\family default
 is defined.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

header
\family default
: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
Footer
\family default
: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
 except for the last page, if 
\family sans
Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

footer
\family default
 is defined.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

footer
\family default
: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Caption
\family default
.
 More about longtable captions can be found in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also specify a row where the table is split.
 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
 
\emph on
empty
\emph default
.
 In this context, first means first in this order: 
\family sans
Footer, Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

footer,
\family default
 
\family sans
Header,
\family default
 
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

header
\family default
; see the following longtable to see how it works:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row endfirsthead="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row endfirsthead="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
NAME
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
TEL.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row endhead="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
\series bold
Example Phone List
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row endhead="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
NAME
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
TEL.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row endfoot="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
\series bold
continue ...
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Annovi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Silvia
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Bertoli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Stefano
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Bozzi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Walter
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maria
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Cinquemani
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giusi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Colin
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bernard
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Concli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gianfranco
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Dal Bosco
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Carolina
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Dalpiaz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Annamaria
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Feliciello
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Domenico
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Focarelli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Galletti
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oreste
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Gasparini
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franca
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Rizzardi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Lassini
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giancarlo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Luciano
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Valeriano
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Meneguzzo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Mezzadra
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Pirpamer
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Erich
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Pochiesa
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paolo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111, 222
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Radina
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Claudio
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Stuffer
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oskar
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Tacchelli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ugo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Tezzele
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margit
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Frieda
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Vieider
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hilde
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Vigna
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jürgen
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Weber
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Winkler
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Annovi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Silvia
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Bertoli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Stefano
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Bozzi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Walter
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maria
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Cinquemani
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giusi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Colin
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bernard
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Concli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gianfranco
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Dal Bosco
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Carolina
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Dalpiaz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Annamaria
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Feliciello
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Domenico
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Focarelli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Galletti
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oreste
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Gasparini
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franca
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Rizzardi
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Lassini
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giancarlo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Luciano
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Valeriano
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Meneguzzo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Mezzadra
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Pirpamer
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Erich
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Pochiesa
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paolo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555, 222
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Radina
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Claudio
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Stuffer
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oskar
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Tacchelli
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ugo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Tezzele
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margit
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Frieda
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Vieider
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hilde
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Vigna
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jürgen
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
999
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Weber
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Winkler
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franz
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row endlastfoot="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
End
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Table Cells
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tables ! Cells
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Table-Cells"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like 
\family sans
Section*
\family default
, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
 for the column in the table dialog.
 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
 An example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
1
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
2
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
3
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
4
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
5
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
6
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
This is longer now.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
7
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
8
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
This is a multi-line entry in a table.
 This is longer now.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
9
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
 You can even cut and paste more than one row.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not
 be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
 
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Selection with the mouse or with 
\family sans
Shift
\family default
 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
 the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Floats
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Floats"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
 have a fixed location.
 It can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

float
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
 
\family sans
Footnotes
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Margin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Notes
\family default
 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
 too many notes on the current page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
 and pages without text.
 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
 Floats are therefore numbered.
 Referencing is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To insert a float, use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Float
\family default
.
 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
 the output.
 After the label you can insert the caption text.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Floats ! Captions
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
 paragraph within the float.
 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
 by left-clicking on the box label.
 A closed float box looks like this: 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/floatQt4.png
	scale 80

\end_inset

 – a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible LaTeX-errors
 that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Examples
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Figure Floats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Figure-Floats"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Floats ! Figure floats
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"

\end_inset

 was created using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Figure
\family default
 (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "float-insert figure"
\end_inset

).
 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
 using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
 (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset

).
 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
 to the left or right of the image and using the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Settings
\family default
 (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/platypus.eps
	lyxscale 50
	width 50col%

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Platypus-distorted"

\end_inset

A severely distorted platypus in a float.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Label
\family default
 (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "label-insert"
\end_inset

) and refer to it using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
 (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset

).
 It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
 vague references like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

the figure above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
 might not be 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 at all.
 For more about cross-references, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
 as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:List-of-Figures"

\end_inset

.
 Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"

\end_inset

 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
 You can also set the images one below the other.
 Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Undefinable"

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Platypus"

\end_inset

 are the subfigures.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Undefinable"

\end_inset

Undefinable
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
	width 45col%

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Platypus"

\end_inset

Platypus
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/platypus.eps
	lyxscale 60
	width 45col%

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Two-distorted-images"

\end_inset

Two distorted images.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Table Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Floats ! Table floats
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Table floats can be inserted using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "float-insert table"
\end_inset

.
 They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
 the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
 and that the label begins with “tab:”.
 Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Table-float"

\end_inset

 is a table float.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Table-float"

\end_inset

A table float.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
1
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
2
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
3
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Joe
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Mary
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Ted
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
a & b\\
c & d
\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
More Information
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Floats ! Details
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
 caption.
 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
 
\emph on
Floats
\emph default
 in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Minipages
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Minipages
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Minipages"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page,
 called a minipage.
 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

apply.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Box
\family default
.
 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
 and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "30col%"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\shape italic
This is a minipage.
 The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\shape italic
Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
 another formatting.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset

If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use 
\family sans
Horizontal Fills
\family default
 as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
 box type.
 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter 
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Mathematical Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Formulas | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Math
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Basic Math Editing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Basics
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-mode on"
\end_inset

 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "math-mode"
\end_inset

).
 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
 corners.
 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math
\family default
 menu.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
 with the 
\family sans
math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

toolbar
\family default
, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This is a line with an inline formula 
\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset

 in it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
 paragraph, like this one:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
A=B
\]

\end_inset

You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX also supports many LaTeX math commands.
 For example, typing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\series bold

\backslash
alpha
\series default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset

.
 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Navigating in Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Navigating
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
 achieved with the arrow keys.
 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
 Pressing 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 will leave a formula construct (a square root 
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset

, or parentheses 
\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset

, or a matrix 
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset

).
 Pressing 
\family sans
Escape
\family default
 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
 
\family sans
Tab
\family default
 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Space
\family default
, printed in this document as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
 the space character (visible space).
\end_layout

\end_inset

, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
 For this reason, you have to be careful about using 
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
 For example, if you want 
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset

, type 
\series bold

\backslash
sqrt
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset

2x+1
\series default
 and not 
\series bold

\backslash
sqrt
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset

2x
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset

+1
\series default
, since in the latter case only the 
\family typewriter

\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset


\family default
 will be under the square root sign: 
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
 in, such as:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
\lambda_{1}\\
 & \ddots\\
 &  & \lambda_{n}
\end{array}\right)
\]

\end_inset

If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Selecting Text
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press 
\family sans
Shift
\family default
 and a cursor movement key to select text.
 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Exponents and Subscripts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Exponents
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Subscripts
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-superscript"
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-subscript"
\end_inset

), but it is often much easier to use a command.
 To get 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset

, type in a formula 
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\series default
.
 The final 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
 If you type 
\series bold
x^2y
\series default
, you will get 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
\end_inset

, to get 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset

, type 
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset

y
\series default
.
 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
 circumflex 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

^
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, you have to use an extra 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 to separate the circumflex and the character.
 For example, if you want 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset

, type 
\series bold
x^
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset

a
\series default
.
 Subscripts are similar: To get 
\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset

, type 
\series bold
a_1
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset


\series default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Fractions
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Fractions
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Create a fraction either with the command 
\series bold

\backslash
frac
\series default
 or by using the icon 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\frac"
\end_inset

 in the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
.
 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
 The cursor is above the fraction line.
 To move it to the bottom, simply press 
\family sans
Down
\family default
.
 To move back up, press 
\family sans
Up
\family default
.
 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
2 & 3\\
4 & 5
\end{array}\right)}\right]
\]

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Roots
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Roots
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Roots can be created using the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
 buttons 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\sqrt"
\end_inset

 or 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\root"
\end_inset

 or the commands 
\series bold

\backslash
sqrt
\series default
 or 
\series bold

\backslash
root
\series default
.
 With the command 
\series bold

\backslash
root
\series default
 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while 
\series bold

\backslash
sqrt
\series default
 always produces a square root.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Operators with Limits
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Sums
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Integrals
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sum (
\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset

) and integral (
\begin_inset Formula $\int$
\end_inset

) operators are very often decorated with limits.
 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
 The sum operator will automatically place its 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
 formulas, as in 
\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset

, versus
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
\]

\end_inset

Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
 types.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
 display mode.
 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
 behind the operator and using the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Limits
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Type
\family default
 or entering 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "math-limits"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Certain other mathematical expressions also have this 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

moving limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 feature, such as
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Limits
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
\]

\end_inset

which will place the 
\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset

 underneath the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

lim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in display mode.
 In inline formulas it looks like this: 
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro 
\series bold

\backslash
lim
\series default
.
 Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Functions"

\end_inset

 for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Math Symbols
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Symbols
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Most math symbols can be found in the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
 under one of several categories; including 
\family sans
Greek
\family default
, 
\family sans
Operators
\family default
, 
\family sans
Relations
\family default
, 
\family sans
Arrows
\family default
.
 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
 Society (AMS).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
 you don't have to use the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
; you can type the command directly into the formula.
 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Altering Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Spaces
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
 LaTeX provides.
 To do this, press 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset

 or use the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
 button 
\family sans

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\space"
\end_inset


\family default
.
 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
 For example, the sequence 
\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
: 
\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset

 appears in LyX as 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png

\end_inset

.
 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
 the space marker and enter space again several times.
 With every space enter the size will be changed.
 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
 spaces.
 Here are two examples:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
 and 3×
\family sans
Space
\family default
: 
\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
 and 5×
\family sans
Space
\family default
: 
\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Functions
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Functions
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Functions"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
 contains under the button 
\family sans

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\functions"
\end_inset


\family default
 a number of function macros, such as 
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset

, 
\emph on
etc
\emph default
.
 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing 
\series bold

\backslash
sin
\series default
 etc.).
 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
 avoid confusions, because 
\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset

 does normally mean 
\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
 
\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset

 is different from 
\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
 are placed, as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Accents
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Accents
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
 mode.
 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
 You can also use LaTeX commands, for example, to enter 
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset

 even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
 Our example is entered by typing 
\series bold

\backslash
hat
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
spce 
\end_layout

\end_inset

a
\series default
 in a formula.
 Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Accent-names-and"

\end_inset

 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Accent-names-and"

\end_inset

Accent names and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Name
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Command
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
E
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
xample
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
circumflex
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
hat
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
grave
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
grave
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
acute
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
acute
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
umlaut
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
ddot
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
tilde
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
tilde
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
dot
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
dot
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
breve
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
breve
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
caron
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
check
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
macron
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
bar
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
vector
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
vec
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the 
\family sans
Frame
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

decorations
\family default
 symbol set button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\hat"
\end_inset

 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
 a formula too.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Brackets
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Delimiters
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are several brackets available through LyX.
 For some purposes, using just the keys 
\family typewriter
[]{}()|<>
\family default
 should suffice.
 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
 toolbar delimiter icon 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset

.
 For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right]
\]

\end_inset

it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset

 and the expression on the right was entered using the 
\family typewriter
()
\family default
 keys.
 
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
\]

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
 inside.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
 left side and right side.
 If you use the option 
\family sans
Keep
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

matched
\family default
, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
 The selection will be shown below the button field.
 If you want one side not to have a bracket, use the blank button.
 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
 go inside the brackets.
 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on 
\family sans
Insert
\family default
.
 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
 the structure and enter 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "math-delim ( )"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Arrays
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Matrices
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Matrices are entered in LyX using the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
 matrix button 
\family sans

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset


\family default
.
 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
 Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
1 & 2 & 3\\
4 & 5 & 6\\
7 & 8 & 9
\end{array}\right)
\]

\end_inset

The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"

\end_inset

.
 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
 This alignment is set in the box 
\family sans
Horizontal
\family default
 with the letters 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
l
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
r
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
c
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 LyX proposes a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
c
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for every column as default.
 For example, the sequence 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
lcr
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
 corresponds to the relevant column.
 The result will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
\begin{array}{lcr}
this & this\, column & this\, column\\
column & has & has\, right\\
has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
\end{array}.
\]

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 while the cursor is in the matrix.
 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math
\family default
 or the math toolbar.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
 It can be created with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cases
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Environment
\family default
 or the command 
\series bold

\backslash
cases
\series default
.
 Here is an example: 
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
-1 & x<0\\
0 & x=0\\
1 & x>0
\end{cases}
\]

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset

Multi-line formulas are created when you press 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 within a formula.
 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
 column.
 When you press 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
 A new row is created by every further entry of 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset

.
 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
 Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{eqnarray}
a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
\end{eqnarray}

\end_inset

Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{eqnarray*}
\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
\end{eqnarray*}

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The multi-line formula type described here is called 
\family typewriter
\series medium
eqnarray
\family default
\series default
.
 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:asquared"

\end_inset

.
 The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Formula
\family default
 or the shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset

.
 The formula number appears in LyX within parentheses.
 The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
 the document class.
 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
 separated by a dot:
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{equation}
1+1=2
\end{equation}

\end_inset

Using 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset

 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
 You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

This
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Line
\family default
 or the shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset

 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 3-2\\
2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
4 & \leq & 7
\end{eqnarray}

\end_inset

To number all lines use the shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset

Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
 A label is inserted with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Label
\family default
 (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "label-insert"
\end_inset

) when the cursor is in the formula.
 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
 It is recommended that you use the suggested 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
eq:
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
 label type when you have many labels in your document.
 We inserted in the following example the label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

eq:tanhExp
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the second line:
\begin_inset Formula 
\begin{eqnarray}
\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
\end{eqnarray}

\end_inset

Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
 Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Reference
\family default
 (toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset

).
 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
 as the formula number:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This is a cross-reference to equation (
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "eq:tanhExp"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset

.
 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
 press 
\family sans
Del
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
User defined math macros
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Macros
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
 Math macros are explained in section 
\emph on
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Macros
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Fine-Tuning
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Typefaces
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Typefaces
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
 To set a font in a formula, use the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
 button 
\family sans

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset


\family default
, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"

\end_inset

, directly.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"

\end_inset

Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Font
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Command
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\shape up
\size normal
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathrm
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathbf
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathit
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\shape up
\size normal
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathtt
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathbb
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathfrak
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\shape up
\size normal
\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathcal
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
mathsf
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces 
\family sans
Blackboard
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Calligraphic
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
 Pressing 
\family sans
Space
\family default
 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
 space when you need a space in the box.
 Here is an example where 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

N
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in 
\family sans
Blackboard
\family default
 denotes the set of numbers:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
\]

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
 You can, for example, put a character in 
\family sans
Fraktur
\family default
 in a box for 
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
: 
\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: 
\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

You can only print them emboldened using the command 
\series bold

\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
, which works like the other typeface commands: 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Text
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
 not for text.
 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
 the entry 
\family sans
Normal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

mode
\family default
 of the 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panel
\family default
 button 
\family sans

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset


\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "font-default"
\end_inset

).
 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
 You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
 Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
\end{cases}
\]

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Font Sizes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Font sizes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
 automatically chosen in most situations.
 These are called 
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
, 
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
, 
\family sans
scriptstyle
\family default
, and 
\family sans
scriptscriptstyle
\family default
.
 For most characters, 
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
 and 
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
 and certain other structures, are set larger in 
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
.
 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
e.
 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button 
\family sans

\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset


\family default
.
 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
 For example, you can set 
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset

, which is normally in 
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
, larger in 
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
: 
\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset

.
 The four styles are used in the following example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
 is set in a particular size with the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style
\family default
, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
 will be adjusted to correspond.
 As an example here is a formula in the font size 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\size largest
\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
AMS-LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
AMS math
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! AMS
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
 (AMS) that are in common use.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
 the document by selecting the checkbox 
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

AMS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

package
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 dialog under 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Options
\family default
.
 AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get LaTeX-errors in
 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
AMS-Formula Types
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
 LyX allows you to choose between 
\family typewriter
align
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
alignat
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
flalign
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
gather
\family default
, and 
\family typewriter
multline
\family default
.
 We refer you to the AMS-documentation, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "AMS"

\end_inset

, for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
More Tools
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Cross references
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
 the document.
 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
First item
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "enu:Second-item"

\end_inset

Second item
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Third item
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
First we insert a label into the second item with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Label
\family default
 or by pressing the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "label-insert"
\end_inset

.
 A gray label box like this: 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/labelQt4.png
	scale 85

\end_inset

 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
 the text 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
enu:Second-item
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The prefix 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
enu:
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 stands for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

enumerate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
 be 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
sec:
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset

.
 A gray cross-reference box like this: 
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
	scale 85

\end_inset

 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
 in the document.
 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
enu:Second-item
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
 in the output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Alternatively to 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu 
\family sans
Copy as Reference
\family default
.
 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
 to the actual cursor position via the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paste
\family default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "paste"
\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is our cross-reference: Item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "enu:Second-item"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is recommended to use a protected space
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Protected-Space"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
 line breaks between them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are six formats of cross-references:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
<reference>: prints the number, this is the default: 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Equation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is omitted: 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:tanhExp"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
<page>: prints the page number: Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number: 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vpageref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
<reference>
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number: 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Formatted
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
 or 
\series bold
refstyle
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout

\end_inset

 installed.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
 the option 
\family sans
Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
 in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document Class
\family default
.
 The package 
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
 is the default and preferred because 
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
 supports only English documents.
 The format is specified by using the command 
\series bold

\backslash
newrefformat
\series default
 (prettyref) or 
\series bold

\backslash
newref
\series default
 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
 shortcut 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
fig
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

) can be done with this command
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold

\backslash
newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page 
\backslash
pageref{#1}}}
\series default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "prettyref,refstyle"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Textual
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference: 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand nameref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
<page>
\family default
 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
 or the next page.
 You will e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

see the text 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
on this page
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 instead.
 The style 
\family sans
<reference> on page <page>
\family default
 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
 The varieties are adjusted in the field 
\family sans
Format
\family default
 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
e.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can only use the style 
\family sans
<reference>
\family default
 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style 
\family sans
<page>
\family default
 is always possible.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
 it.
 Referencing formulas is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
 The entry 
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Label
\family default
 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to 
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Back
\family default
 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
 You can also go back with the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can change labels at any time.
 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
 do not need to think about this.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
 marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
References are described in detail in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Referencing Floats
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Table of Contents and other Listings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Table of contents
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Outline
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:toc"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Table of Contents
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Table-of-Contents"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Contents
\family default
.
 It is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
 If you click on it, the 
\family sans
Outline
\family default
 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
 So this operation is an alternative to the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Outline
\family default
 that is described in sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:The-Outliner"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"

\end_inset

, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
 Section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Numbering-depth"

\end_inset

 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
 listed in the TOC.
 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:List-of-Figures"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
 You can insert them via the 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

/
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

TOC
\family default
 submenus.
 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
URLs and Hyperlinks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
URLs
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hyperlinks
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
URLs
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:URLs"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
URL
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage: 
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.lyx.org
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
 in the style 
\family typewriter
Typewriter
\family default
.
 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
 subsection.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Hyperlinks
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Hyperlinks"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Hyperlink
\family default
 or with the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "href-insert"
\end_inset

.
 The appearing dialog has two fields: 
\family sans
Target
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Name
\family default
.
 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
target "http://www.lyx.org"

\end_inset

, an Email address like this: 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs mailing list"
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
type "mailto:"

\end_inset

, or a link to a file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
 adding the prefix 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
run:
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to the link target.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
 the text style dialog.
 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: 
\family sans
\series bold

\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
target "http://www.lyx.org"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The link text color can be changed, when the option 
\family sans
Color links
\family default
 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
PDF Properties
\family default
).
 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
 option
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
urlcolor=blue
\series default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

to the field 
\family sans
Additional options
\family default
 in the PDF Properties dialog.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Appendix
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Appendices"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Appendices are created with the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Start
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Here
\family default
.
 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
 as the appendix region.
 The region is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
 and the subsection number.
 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
 here two examples:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Credits"

\end_inset

; Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Export"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Bibliography"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
 You can include a bibliography database,
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Known under the name 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

BibTeX-database
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
 manually, using the paragraph environment 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
, which was described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Biblio_environment"

\end_inset

.
 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
 document, like author-year citations, then you must
\emph on
 
\emph default
use a bibliography database.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Within the 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
 with a number.
 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a 
\family sans
Key
\family default
 and a 
\family sans
Label
\family default
.
 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
 entry.
 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
 and we used 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

latexcompanion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, a short form of its title, as the key.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Citation
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset

.
 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
 the reference.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
 entry with surrounding brackets.
 If you set a 
\family sans
Label
\family default
 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Have a look at the 
\family sans
LaTeX Companion Second Edition
\family default
: 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits: 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lyxcredit"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography ! Databases
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography ! BibTeX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Bibliography-databases"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
 documents.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
 them.
 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
 entries.
 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
 your working field in a database.
 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
 list for that document.
 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
 you have cited.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The database is a text file with the file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
.bib
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, containing the bibliography in a special format.
 The format is explained in 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "BibTeX-2"

\end_inset

 and in LaTeX books (
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"

\end_inset

).
 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at 
\begin_inset Flex URL
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To use a database, use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\family default
/
\family sans
TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
BibT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Bibliography
\family default
.
 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
 The option 
\family sans
Add bibliography to TOC
\family default
 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
 In the 
\family sans
Content
\family default
 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
 in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The style file is a text file with the file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
.bst
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
 layout.
 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
 for experts.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
For information on how this is done, have a look at
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
 either in the document settings under 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 or in LyX's preferences under 
\family sans
Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\family default
.
 The following variants are possible:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
 other bibliography packages (like e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\series bold
natbib
\series default
), only with the package 
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
 letters
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
 with all bibliography packages, except of 
\series bold
biblatex
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
 larger memory than 
\family sans
bibtex
\family default
, works with all bibliography packages
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
 of the variants.
 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
 
\family sans
BibTeX
\family default
 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "BibTeX"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you select the option 
\family sans
Sectioned bibliography
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
 This and other options are explained in detail in section 
\emph on
Customizing Bibliographies
\emph default
 
\emph on
with BibTeX
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
 the two methods of creating them.
 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
 We used the style file 
\family sans
alphadin.bst
\family default
 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Bibliography layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography ! Layout
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
 For this feature you need to enable the option 
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset

 dialog under 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
.
 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
 in the previous section.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
 the citation reference window.
 Here is an example where the text 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 appears after the reference:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Have a look at 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "Chapter 3"
key "latexcompanion"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Index
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Index generation
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Index"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
An index entry is created if you use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Entry
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "index-insert"
\end_inset

.
 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
 by LyX as the index entry.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The index list is inserted in the document with the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

/
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

List
\family default
.
 A light blue box labeled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Index
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
 of the LaTeX books 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping Index Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Index ! Grouping
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
 index.
 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
 lists under the entry 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 First we create the entry 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Lists"

\end_inset

.
 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Itemize"

\end_inset

, we insert the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
and the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
Lists ! Enumerate
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
for the enumerated list in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Enumerate"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The exclamation mark 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 marks the grouping levels.
 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
 If we don't have an index entry for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Page Ranges
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Index ! Page ranges
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
 section.
 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
 E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"

\end_inset

 with the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
and another entry at the end of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LyX-Code"

\end_inset

 with the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The commands 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\series bold
|(
\series default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\series bold
|)
\series default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 respectively start and end the index range.
 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
 the pages of the indexed document parts.
 An example is the index entry 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Document ! Settings
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Cross referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Index ! Cross referencing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
 We referred for example in the index entry 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

GIF
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Image-Formats"

\end_inset

) to the index entry 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Image formats
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the same section using the entry
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Order
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Index ! Entry order
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
 follow the rules for the index order.
 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
 section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Index-Program"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

maître
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! maïs
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! maître
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
\end_layout

\end_inset

 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
 maïs, maison, maître.
 To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
previous entry@current entry
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In our case we want to have 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 after 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
maïs@maison
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
 See the next subsection for an example.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
 program 
\family sans
makeindex 
\family default
to generate the index (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Index-Program"

\end_inset

).
 
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
 sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Document-Font"

\end_inset

 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
 index commands start with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\series bold
LaTeX-packages !
\series default
 
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
 To fix this 
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
let
\backslash
OrgIndex
\backslash
index
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
renewcommand*{
\backslash
index}[1]{
\backslash
OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Index ! Entry layout
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
\begin_inset Index idx
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! 
\shape italic
This is an italic dummy entry
\end_layout

\end_inset

 You can also format the page number using the character 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
 We can write for example
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
italic page number:|textit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
to get the page number in italic.
\begin_inset Index idx
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
 case 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\series bold
|command
\series default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 means 
\series bold

\backslash
command{page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

number}
\series default
.
 Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"

\end_inset

 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program 
\family sans
makeindex 
\family default
to generate the index, see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Index-Program"

\end_inset

.
 If you use 
\family sans
xindy
\family default
, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
 This is because 
\family sans
xindy
\family default
 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
key "latexcompanion"

\end_inset

 for details.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
 above.
 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
 If so, put the following in the preamble
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
IndexDef}[1]{
\backslash
textit{#1}}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
and write
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
in the index entry.
\begin_inset Index idx
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also change the layout for the whole index.
 E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
 for all index entries.
 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called 
\emph on
Index Style File
\emph default
, see the 
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
 or 
\family sans
xindy
\family default
 documentation for details, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex,xindy"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Index ! Program
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Index-Program"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If the index entry program 
\family sans
xindy
\family default
 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program 
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Makeindex
\family default
 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
 to use 
\family sans
xindy
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
 dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"

\end_inset

.
 The available options are listed and explained in 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex,xindy"

\end_inset

.
 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
 the index.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
or the options in 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
.
 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Multiple Indexes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
 For instance, you might need to set up a separate 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Index of Names
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 next to the standard index.
 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
 that add this feature.
 LyX uses the 
\series bold
splitidx
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
\end_layout

\end_inset

 package to generate multiple indexes.
 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"

\end_inset

.
 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
 Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
 and select the option 
\family sans
Use multiple Indexes
\family default
.
 Note that the list 
\family sans
Available Indexes
\family default
 already contains the standard index 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Index
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
 also appear as a heading) to the 
\family sans
New
\family default
 input field and press the 
\family sans
Add
\family default
 button.
 The new index now also appears in the list.
 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
 index.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
 list in 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

/
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

TOC
\family default
 and the 
\family sans
Insert
\family default
 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
 are additional features:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Subindex
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
 E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
 to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Nomenclature / Glossary 
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nomenclature
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Glossary|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Nomenclature
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Nomenclature"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
 glossary.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package 
\series bold
nomencl
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
\end_layout

\end_inset

 installed.
 You find it in the TeX-catalogue, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"

\end_inset

 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
 and then use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family default
N
\family sans
omenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Entry
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset

.
 A gray box labeled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Nom
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
 The second is the description of the symbol.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Definition and Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the 
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
 field as LaTeX-formulas.
 For example to get 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, insert this:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
$
\backslash
sigma$
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series default
The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 character starts/ends the formula.
 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
 with a backslash 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\backslash

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
 like 
\series bold

\backslash
Sigma
\series default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"

\end_inset

.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You cannot use the 
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style
\family default
 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in this document is:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
dummy entry for the character 
\backslash
textsf{sigma}
\series default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

The command 
\series bold

\backslash
textsf
\series default
 sets the fonts to 
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

serif
\family default
.
 To get 
\series bold
bold
\series default
 font use the command 
\series bold

\backslash
textbf
\series default
, for 
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
 use 
\series bold

\backslash
texttt
\series default
, for 
\emph on
emphasized
\emph default
 use 
\series bold

\backslash
emph
\series default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If the characters |
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

,
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

!
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

, @ and
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

"
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
 a quote character in front of them.
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
description "The quote sign is output by writing ' \"\"\"\" '"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nomenclature ! Sort order
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
 the symbol definition.
 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols 
\emph on
a
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "a"
description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""

\end_inset


\emph default
 and 
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
prefix "sigma"
symbol "$\\sigma$"
description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"

\end_inset

.
 They will be sorted by 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
a
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
$
\backslash
sigma$
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 – the 
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset

 will be sorted before the 
\emph on
a
\emph default
 since the character 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is considered in sorting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To control the sort order, you can edit the 
\family sans
Sort
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

as
\family default
 field of the nomenclature dialog.
 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
 definition.
 For the example given, you can insert 
\family typewriter
sigma
\family default
 in this field for the 
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset

, then 
\emph on
a
\emph default
 will be located before 
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the 
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
 documentation, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Options
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nomenclature ! Options
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
refeq Appends the phrase 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
, see equation (
\emph on
eq
\emph default
)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to every nomenclature entry, where 
\family sans
\emph on
eq
\family default
\emph default
 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
refpage Appends the phrase 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
, page (
\emph on
page
\emph default
)
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to every nomenclature entry, where 
\family sans
\emph on
page
\family default
\emph default
 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
 class options list in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog.
 In this document the options 
\series bold
refpage, intoc
\series default
 are used.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
 
\family sans
Description
\family default
 field in the nomenclature dialog:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
nomrefeq Like the 
\series bold
refeq
\series default
 option
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
nomrefpage Like the 
\series bold
refpage
\series default
 option
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
nomrefeqpage Short notation of 
\series bold

\backslash
nomrefeq
\backslash
nomrefpage
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
nomnorefeq,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\backslash
nomnorefpage,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\backslash
nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Words like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 are automatically translated for some document languages.
 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent

\series bold

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
\backslash
nobreakspace(#1)}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}
\series default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

and replace 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

see equation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 by their translation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nomenclature ! Printing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To print the nomenclature, use the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Lists
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

/
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Nomenclature
\family default
.
 A box labeled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
Nomenclature
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
 You can choose between these settings:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Default a space of 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

cm is used
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

label
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Custom custom space
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Nomenclature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
 command 
\series bold

\backslash
nomname
\series default
 in the preamble.
 For example, in order to change the name to 
\emph on
List of Symbols
\emph default
, add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family roman
\series bold

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nomenclature ! Program
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX uses the program 
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
 
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
 by adding options, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"

\end_inset

.
 The available options are listed and explained in 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl,makeindex"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Branches
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Branches
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Branches
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Branches"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
 To create a branch, either select the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Insert New Branch
\family default
 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog to 
\family sans
Branches
\family default
, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
 (see below for an example).
 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
 to the name of the other) and to add 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

unknown branches
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
, without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
 These boxes are inserted via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Branch
\family default
 where you can choose a branch.
 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
 on them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you activate 
\family sans
Filename Suffix
\family default
 in 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Branches
\family default
, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
 Consider for example a file 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Exam.lyx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 which has the above branches.
 If 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Filename Suffix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is active, the PDF export file would be called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Exam.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 if both the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 branch were inactive, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Exam-Question.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 if only the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 branch was active, likewise 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Exam-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 if only the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 branch was active, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 if both branches were active.
 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
 much hassle.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
 branch.
 For example you can define for the question branch
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
and for the answer branch
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
status collapsed

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Now it is possible to use the commands 
\series bold

\backslash
question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
}
\series default
 and 
\series bold

\backslash
answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
}
\series default
 to obtain conditional output.
 Here is an example formula where only the 
\series bold

\backslash
question
\series default
 part appears:
\begin_inset Formula 
\[
x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
\]

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
PDF Properties
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:PDF-Properties"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
PDF properties
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Document Settings
\family default
 dialog allows you in the 
\family sans
PDF Properties
\family default
 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
hyperref
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Using 
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
 document part.
 You can specify in the dialog tab 
\family sans
Hyperlinks
\family default
 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
 are created.
 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
 is referenced.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the dialog tab 
\family sans
Bookmarks
\family default
 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
 or not.
 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
 For example level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1 will only display the sections.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The header information in the dialog tab 
\family sans
General
\family default
 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
 When the option 
\family sans
Automatic fill header
\family default
 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
 title and author settings.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Load in fullscreen mode
\family default
 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
PDF properties are also used in this document.
 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
 
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
 options are used.
 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:TeX-Code"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
TeX Code Boxes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
TeX Code
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
 constructs, but not all.
 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
 commands.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
 TeX Code box.
 A TeX Code box is created by the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Code
\family default
 or by the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "ert-insert"
\end_inset

 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "ert-insert"
\end_inset

).
 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
 it and selecting 
\family sans
Close Inset
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
 using the LaTeX-command 
\series bold

\backslash
fbox
\series default
, you can write the command part 
\series bold

\backslash
fbox{
\series default
 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace 
\series bold
}
\series default
 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
 the following example:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/ERT.png
	scale 89

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
gives
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This is a line with a 
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
fbox{
\end_layout

\end_inset

framed
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset

 word.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

program
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 your text.
 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
 any time if you know the right commands.
 E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
 end of the day.
 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
 all caption labels bold.
 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
 in your manual.
 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
 day.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Now LaTeX comes into play.
 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
 database, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Catalogue"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
As result you find that the package 
\series bold
caption
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! caption
\end_layout

\end_inset

 is what you need.
 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
) with the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
usepackage[options]{package name}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In your case the package name is 
\series bold
caption
\series default
.
 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
 
\series bold
labelfont=bf
\series default
 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
 So you add the command
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
to the preamble and the problem is solved.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
For more commands provided by the 
\series bold
caption
\series default
 package, have a look at its documentation, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "caption"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
 like your case.
 For example if you use a 
\family sans
KOMA-Script
\family default
 class, you don't need the package 
\series bold
caption
\series default
, you can instead write
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
setkomafont{captionlabel}{
\backslash
bfseries}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
in the preamble and the problem is solved.
 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
 documentation of the document class you want to use.
 (
\series bold

\backslash
setkomafont
\series default
 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
 argument.
 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
 the previous section.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
 LaTeX-books 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
pagestyle{fancy}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Left Header
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
rightmark
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
defines the header line as described below
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Center Header
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Right Header
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
leftmark
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Left Footer
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
thepage
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Center Footer
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\series bold
\color red
LyX's user guide
\end_layout

\end_inset

Magic code:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Right Footer
\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
Roman{page}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Customized Page Headers and Footers
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Header/Footer line
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Header/Footer line
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
 to set the headings style to 
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog under 
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default
.
 As a second step add in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Modules
\family default
 the module 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Custom Header/Footerlines
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 This module offers the following 6
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

styles:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Header,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Header,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Header
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Footer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
for the different positions in the header/footer.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
 Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Page-layout"

\end_inset

 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement h
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Left Header
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Center Header
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Right Header
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The normal text on the page goes here.
 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
 footnotes).
 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Left Footer
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Center Footer
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Right Footer
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Page-layout"

\end_inset

Page layout with custom header and footer line.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Definition
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To define your header line, add all 3
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

header styles.
 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
 the optional arguments on even pages.
 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
 can be omitted.
 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
 Defining the footer line works similar.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
 as TeX code (menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Te
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Code
\family default
):
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
thepage prints the current page number
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
leftmark prints the current section number and title.
 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
 title instead.
 It is called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

leftmark
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset

 because it usually goes in a left header.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
 title instead.
 It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Default header/footer
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
 footer has the page number.
 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank 
\family sans
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Footer
\family default
 style.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Appearance
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
 Some pages are different.
 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
 a new part or chapter in your book.
 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Header and footer decoration line
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By default, you get a 0.4
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands 
\series bold

\backslash
headrulewidth
\series default
 and 
\series bold

\backslash
footrulewidth
\series default
 in the following scheme:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
headrulewidth}{thickness}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Where thickness is a size in standard units like 
\family sans
pt
\family default
 or 
\family sans
mm
\family default
.
 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

4.4 of the book 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Several header/footer lines
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
 text line.
 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length 
\series bold

\backslash
headheight
\series default
 or 
\series bold

\backslash
footheight
\series default
 in this scheme in your document preamble:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
headheight}{height}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Where height is a size in standard units.
 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
La
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

TeX Log
\family default
 and look via the button 
\family sans
Next
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Warning
\family default
 if you find a warning of the package 
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
 for your header/footer.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
This example
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
 This example consists of the following definition:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Header 
\series bold

\backslash
rightmark
\series default
, empty optional argument
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Header empty, empty optional argument
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Header empty, 
\series bold

\backslash
leftmark
\series default
 in the optional argument
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Footer empty, 
\series bold

\backslash
thepage
\series default
 in the optional argument
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Footer 
\family sans
\series bold
\color red
LyX's user guide
\family default
\series default
\color inherit
, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Magic code:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the optional argument
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Footer 
\series bold

\backslash
Roman{page}
\series default
, empty optional argument
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\backslash
headrulewidth set to 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
 For more special things like e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

thumb-indexes, see the manual of the 
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
 package, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
pagestyle{headings}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
switches back to page style with the default headings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Previewing Snippets of your Document
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Instant preview
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Preview
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Prerequisites
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package 
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout

\end_inset

 (on some systems named simply 
\series bold
preview
\series default
) installed.
 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"

\end_inset

 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
 You obtain prettier results if you install the program 
\family typewriter
pnmcrop
\family default
 from the 
\family typewriter
netpbm
\family default
 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
 automatically installed together with LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Enabling previews
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
 LaTeX, activate the option 
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Graphics
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences 
\family default
dialog under 
\family sans
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Display
\family default
.
 Then set 
\family sans
Instant
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Preview
\family default
 to 
\family sans
On
\family default
.
 The 
\family sans
Preview
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Size
\family default
 is the multiplication factor for the size.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
 editing an inset.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
 generated by activating the option 
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Graphics
\family default
.
 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Selected document parts
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
 that are not yet supported by LyX.
 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preview
\family default
.
 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command 
\series bold

\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
 which is not yet supported by LyX.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
 is explained in section 
\emph on
Rotated and Scaled Boxes
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
 text.
 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
 boxes into it.
 Here is the result:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Preview

\begin_layout Standard
This is a line
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Box Doublebox
position "c"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 0
inner_pos "c"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1in"
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
with rotated
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset

 framed text 
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
\end_inset


\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset

 and a formula.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Previewing works also for colors.
 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
 command 
\series bold

\backslash
fcolorbox
\series default
:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold

\backslash
fcolorbox
\series default
 is explained in section 
\emph on
Colored Boxes
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Preview

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
fboxrule 1mm 
\backslash
fboxsep 1mm
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
\end_layout

\end_inset

This is text within a colored, framed box.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
 by the TeX Code.
 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
 whole document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LaTeX source code
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
 Use the menu 
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Source
\family default
 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
 currently in.
 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
 the source view window.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Advanced Find and Replace
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Replace
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Find
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
 The key-features are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
 formulas
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
 a section heading will only be found within section headings
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Search may be widened to a specific 
\emph on
scope
\emph default
, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the 
\family sans
Help
\family default
 menu
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Basic usage
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Find & Replace
\noun on
 (
\noun default
Advanced
\noun on
)
\family default
\noun default
 (shortcut 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
\end_inset

) or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset

.
 This opens the 
\family sans
Advanced Find and Replace
\family default
 dialog.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Searching for text
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Enter into the 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
 on the 
\family sans
Find Next
\family default
 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph"
\end_inset

 key).
 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
 Pressing repeatedly 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph"
\end_inset

 keeps searching forward while pressing 
\family sans
Shift+Return
\family default
 searches backwards.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Case sensitive
\family default
 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 editor.
 The 
\family sans
Whole words
\family default
 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Searching for mathematics
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing them in the 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 editor, such as 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset

 or also something more complex like 
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset

.
 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
 For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like 
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Style-aware search
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
 This is done by switching to the 
\family sans
Settings
\family default
 tab of the dialog and unchecking the 
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
 option.
 This way, entering in the 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 editor
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
 in emphasized or boldface.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
 of if only within section headings.
 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
 style.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
 displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Replace
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document segments entered in the 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 editor can be replaced with the text segments entered in the 
\family sans
Replace
\family default
\noun on
 
\noun default
editor.
 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the 
\family sans
Replace
\family default
 button or alternatively
\noun on
 
\noun default
press 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "break-paragraph"
\end_inset

 or 
\family sans
Shift+Return
\family default
 while the cursor is in the 
\family sans
Replace
\family default
\noun on
 
\noun default
editor.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can replace with full-featured formatted LyX segments.
 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
 a few):
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

func()
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 with its typewriter version 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family typewriter
func()
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
 occurrences of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $R$
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (you may want to enable the 
\family sans
Whole words
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Case sensitive
\family default
 options and disable the 
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
 option in the 
\family sans
Settings
\family default
 tab, in order to avoid replacing all 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

R
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of 
\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
\end_inset

 with 
\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
\end_inset

, or occurrences of 
\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
\end_inset

 with 
\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Advanced usage
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
 the 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 editor.
 This is done via the menu 
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Insert Regular Expression
\family default
 while the cursor is in the 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 editor.
 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
 expression matching rules
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
 segment, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
 to match expressions.
\end_layout

\end_inset

, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
 same text in the document.
 It is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
 Examples of using such a feature may be:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
 in the 
\family sans
Find
\family default
 editor the fraction 
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset

 (where the 
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset

 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
 fractions with the given denominator.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Enumerate
Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
 the 
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
 option from the 
\family sans
Settings
\family default
 tab, entering a 
\series bold

\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset


\series default
 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
 Also, inserting a 
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset

 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
 Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces 
\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset

, and referring back to them through 
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
\end_inset

, etc..
 For example, try searching for the regexp
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
\backslash
1[[:space:]]
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
\color none
Note:
\series default
 Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
 occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
 sub-expressions is absolute.
 I.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset

 always refers to the first occurrence of 
\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset

 in all entered regexps.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Spell Checking
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Spellchecking"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spell checking
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX has a built-in spell checker.
 The menu
\family sans
 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
, the key 
\family sans
F7
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset

 starts the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
 beginning of the currently selected text.
 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
 scrolled so that it is visible.
 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
n, if any could be found.
 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the 
\family sans
Replacement
\family default
 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
 that is set in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog.
 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
 a different one at the top of the dialog.
 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
 This works if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All spell-checker dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

There are 2
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

files for each language.
 To install a dictionary, copy the 2
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

files into LyX's installation subfolder 
\family sans
~
\backslash
Resources
\backslash
dicts
\family default
 and restart LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Further Settings
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In LyX's preferences dialog under 
\family sans
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
 you can set the following things:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Spellchecker
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
 Depending on your platform, 
\family typewriter
aspell
\family default
, 
\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter
enchant
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
 are available.
 On Windows only 
\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
 is available.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Alternative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Escape
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
 should escape, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

German umlauts.
 This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

compound
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
 like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

passthrough
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
 appear in the context menu.
 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
 word.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

notes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
 as well.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Thesaurus
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Thesaurus
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Thesaurus"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
 (namely the 
\family typewriter
MyThes
\family default

\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset

 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
 are available for many languages.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
 the use with LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Setting up the thesaurus
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family typewriter
MyThes
\family default
\emph on
/
\emph default
OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
 
\emph on
*.dat
\emph default
 containing the data and an index file with the suffix 
\emph on
*.idx
\emph default
.
 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
 (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\family sans
en_US
\family default
 for US English).
 For instance, the US English files are named:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
th_en_EN_v2.idx
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
th_en_EN_v2.dat
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed on a Linux
 system, these files should be already on your system.
 On Windows you can choose in LyX's installer wich dictionaries should be
 installed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
All thesaurus dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

To install a dictionary, copy the 2
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

files into LyX's installation subfolder 
\family sans
~
\backslash
Resources
\backslash
thes
\family default
 and restart LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Using the thesaurus
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To start the thesaurus, use the menu 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Thesaurus
\family default
 or the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset

 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
 selected.
 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
 a replacement.
 The proposals are grouped into categories.
 Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
 only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
 
\emph on
organism
\emph default
 for 
\emph on
plant
\emph default
), related terms (such as 
\emph on
political
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

theory
\emph default
 for 
\emph on
anarchistic
\emph default
), compounds (such as 
\emph on
tree
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

diagram
\emph default
, if you look for 
\emph on
tree
\emph default
) and opposites (antonyms) (such as 
\emph on
girl
\emph default
 for 
\emph on
boy
\emph default
).
 Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
 up directly there.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
 the dictionary, such as the above 
\emph on
tree diagram
\emph default
), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
 For example looking up the word forms 
\emph on
reports
\emph default
 or 
\emph on
reporting
\emph default
 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form 
\emph on
report
\emph default
.
 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset


\emph on
report
\emph default
 in 
\emph on
report
\emph default
s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Change Tracking
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Change Tracking
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Change Tracking
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Change-Tracking"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Changes
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
 
\bar under
\color blue
underlined text
\bar default
\color inherit
 is an addition, 
\strikeout on
\color blue
canceled text
\strikeout default
\color inherit
 is a deletion.
 The color depends on the author that made the change.
 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under 
\family sans
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

feel
\family default
, 
\family sans
Colors
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Color ! Change tracking
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
 the cursor is in changed text.
 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button 
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "changes-merge"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toolbar ! Review
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
	scale 90

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "changes-track"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Changes
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "changes-output"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Changes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Output
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "change-next"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jumps to the next change
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "change-accept"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Change
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "change-reject"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Change
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "changes-merge"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Merge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Changes
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "all-changes-accept"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

All
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Changes
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "all-changes-reject"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

All
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Changes
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "note-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Ly
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Note
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "note-next"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Next
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Note
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
 the next change after the current cursor position.
 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
 step to the next change.
 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
 to describe a change.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package 
\series bold
dvipost
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
\end_layout

\end_inset

 installed.
 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"

\end_inset

 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Comparison of Documents
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Comparison of documents
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can compare two different LyX files via the menu 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Compare
\family default
.
 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
 the differences.
 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
 
\family sans
Copy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Settings
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

from
\family default
.
 The option 
\family sans
Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

tracking
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

features
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

the
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

output
\family default
 enables the change tracking option 
\family sans
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Changes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Output
\family default
 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
International Support
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
International support
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
 For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set
 up LyX to use them: 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Special-Character"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Language Options
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Language ! Options
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Language
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Language
\family default
 dialog lets you set 
\family roman
the language, the quote style and character encoding
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Under 
\family sans
Encoding
\family default
 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
 The option 
\family sans
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Default
\family default
 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
 For details about the different encoding options see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Language-encodings"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Keyboard mapping configuration
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you have for example a U.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
 can use an alternate keymap.
 For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
 use an Italian keymap.
 The 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Keyboard/Mouse
\family default
 dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"

\end_inset

.
 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
 which one you want to use.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
 one to support the characters you want.
 This and many other customizations are explained in the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
The User Interface
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:The-User-Interface"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
 topic inside the user's guide.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The File Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! File
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Under the 
\family sans
File
\family default
 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
New
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Creates a new document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
New from Template
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Open
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Opens a document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Open Recent
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
 Click there on a file to open it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Close
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Closes the current document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Close All
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Closes all opened documents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Save
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Saves the actual document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Save As
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Save All
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Saves all opened documents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Revert to saved
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Reloads the actual document from disk.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Version Control
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
 It is described in the section 
\emph on
Version Control in LyX
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Import
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
 (CSV).
 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
When using the menu entry 
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Text
\family default
, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
 entry 
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Text, Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Lines
\family default
, consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Export
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Export"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to various file formats.
 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Output-file-formats"

\end_inset

:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
CJK
\family default

\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

L
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

yX format of the special LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support as been fully integrated into LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
 language 
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
DocBook
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
 language 
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
 files paths or file names in your document.
 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to 
\family sans
DVI
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
 in files paths or file names
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(LuaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX) DVI-format using the program 
\family typewriter
LuaTeX
\family default
; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts; 
\series bold

\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Graphviz
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Dot text file with code in the programming language 
\family typewriter
Dot
\family default
 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program 
\family typewriter
Graphviz
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
 work in all cases)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
HTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(MS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to 
\family sans
MS Word
\family default
; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
 not in the format 
\family sans
MathML
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(
\family default
LuaT
\family sans

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
eX
\family sans
) 
\family default
text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program 
\family typewriter
LuaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(pdflatex)
\family default
 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
 will be converted to a format that is readable by the 
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(plain)
\family default
 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
 by the 
\family typewriter
latex
\family default
 program
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(
\family default
XeT
\family sans

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
eX
\family sans
) 
\family default
text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program 
\family typewriter
XeTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
LilyPond
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

book
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(La
\family sans

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
 music notation software 
\family typewriter
LilyPond
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
L
\family sans

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
yX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Archive
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
L
\family sans

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
yX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

z
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

y
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 represent the version number)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
L
\family sans

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family default
yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
\family typewriter
 NoWeb
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with 
\family sans
LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
, etc.
 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
 all cases)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(dvipdfm)
\family default
 PDF-format using the program 
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(LuaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX)
\family default
 PDF-format using the program 
\family typewriter
LuaTeX
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(pdflatex)
\family default
 PDF-format using the program 
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ps2pdf)
\family default
 PDF-format using the program 
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(XeT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX)
\family default
 PDF-format using the program 
\family typewriter
XeTeX
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\family default
 text format
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ps2ascii)
\family default
 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
 and then exported as text using the program 
\family sans
ps2ascii
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description

\family sans
Postscript
\family default
 PostScript format using the program 
\family typewriter
dvips
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
 programming language 
\family typewriter
R
\family default
.
 Using the 
\family typewriter
R
\family default
-function 
\family typewriter
Sweave
\family default
 it is possible to use 
\family typewriter
R
\family default
-commands in LaTeX
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If one of the menu entries 
\family sans
DVI
\family default
, 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(pdflatex)
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"

\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Reconfiguration of LyX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Print
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
 format or send it to a printer.
 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
 program 
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
.
 For more information have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Printing-the-File"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Fax
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
 prefix, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"

\end_inset

).
 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like 
\family typewriter
hylapex
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter
kdeprintfax
\family default
.
 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Converters"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
New and Close Window
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Exit
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The Edit Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! Edit
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Undo and Redo
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Select Whole Inset
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Select All
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Selects the whole document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Find & Replace (Quick)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Find & Replace (Advanced)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Move Paragraph Up/Down
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
 up or down.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Text Style
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
 in.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog under 
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Table Settings and Math
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
 a formula.
 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
 The properties of tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Tables"

\end_inset

, the properties of formulas in chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Increase / Decrease List Depth
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
 can be nested.
 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Numbering-depth"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The View Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! View
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
At the bottom of the 
\family sans
View
\family default
 menu the opened documents are listed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Open/Close all Insets
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Opens/closes all insets in your document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Unfold/Fold Math Macros
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Math macros are described in the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
View Source
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
View Messages
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Opens a window showing console messages.
 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
 while LaTeX is processing the document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
View
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset

) or in the document settings (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Output"

\end_inset

) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset

.
 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
 The default output format is 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(pdflatex)
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
View (Other Formats)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
 actual document with an external program.
 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
 All possible formats are listed in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Export"

\end_inset

.
 You should at least see the menu entry 
\family sans
DVI
\family default
.
 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"

\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Reconfiguration of LyX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset

.
 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Update
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Update (Other Formats)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
View Master Document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
 which is then its 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

master
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (see section 
\emph on
Child Documents
\emph default
 in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual for more information on this topic).
 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
 book, 
\family sans
View Master
\family default
 generates the output of the whole book, while 
\family sans
View
\family default
 will just output the chapter alone.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
 in the preferences (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset

) or in the document settings (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Output"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Update Master Document
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
 which is then its 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

master
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 (see section 
\emph on
Child Documents
\emph default
 in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual for more information on this topic).
 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
 in the preferences (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset

) or in the document settings (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Output"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Split View
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
 to view the same document, but at different positions.
 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
 or more documents at the same time.
 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu 
\family sans
Close Current View
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Close Current View
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Closes a split view.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Fullscreen
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
 so that you will see nothing but your text.
 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Toolbars
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Toolbars"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toolbar
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
 All toolbars and the 
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Buffer
\family default
 can be turned on and off.
 The 
\emph on
on
\emph default
 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
 The 
\family sans
Review
\family default
, 
\family sans
Table
\family default
, 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Panels
\family default
, 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Macros
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Math
\family default
 toolbars can be additionally set to the state 
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix 
\family sans
(auto)
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In the 
\emph on
on
\emph default
 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the 
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
 or when a certain feature is enabled.
 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Toolbars"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The Insert Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! Insert
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Math
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"

\end_inset

 and the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Special Character
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Special-Character"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can insert the following characters:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Not all characters will be visible in the 
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
 dialog (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"

\end_inset

) can display every character.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
End
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Abbreviations"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Ordinary
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
 dialog under 
\family sans
Language
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Single
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Quote Inserts this quote: 
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-

\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Breakable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}

\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Menu
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator

\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Phonetic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Symbols 
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Phonetic symbols
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Language ! Phonetic symbols
\end_layout

\end_inset

Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
tipa
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! tipa
\end_layout

\end_inset

 installed.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
 of 
\series bold
tipa, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "tipa"

\end_inset


\series default
 and this Wiki-page:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Formatting
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can insert the following format constructs:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
\begin_inset script superscript

\begin_layout Plain Layout
a, b
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
\begin_inset script subscript

\begin_layout Plain Layout
3x
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Protected-Space"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Inter-word
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Thin-Space"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"

\end_inset

 for a description.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"

\end_inset

 for a description.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Space Inserts vertical space, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Vertical-Space"

\end_inset

 for a description.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Phantom-Space"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Hyphenation"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Ligatures"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Justified
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
 text line to the page border, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
 text page to the page border, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
List / TOC
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"

\end_inset

.
 The index list is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"

\end_inset

, the nomenclature in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"

\end_inset

 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Float
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To insert floats, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Note
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To insert notes, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Notes"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Branch
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts branch insets as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Branches"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Custom Insets
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts document class-specific insets.
 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
 document class.
 An example is the document class 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

article (Elsevier)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 with three custom insets.
 The section 
\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
File
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
External Material
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
 in your document.
 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter 
\emph on
External Stuff
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Box
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Boxes
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a minipage box that is described section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Minipages"

\end_inset

.
 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter 
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Citation
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a citation as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Cross-Reference
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Label
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a label as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Caption
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Captions
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Longtables ! Caption
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
 Floats are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"

\end_inset

, captions in longtables are described in the section 
\emph on
Longtable Captions
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts an index entry as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Entry
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Table
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a table.
 Tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Tables"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Graphics
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a graphic.
 Graphics are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Graphics"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
URL
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a URL as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:URLs"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Hyperlinks
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Hyperlinks"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Footnote
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a footnote, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Footnotes"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Marginal Note
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a marginal note, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Short Title
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a short title, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
TeX Code
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"

\end_inset

 for a description.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Program Listing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Program listings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a program listings box.
 Program listings are explained in the chapter 
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Date
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts the actual date.
 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
 LyX's menus.
 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
 in the section 
\emph on
External Material
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Preview
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a preview inset, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"

\end_inset

 for a description.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The Navigate Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! Navigate
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

of the current document.
 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Bookmarks
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
 to jump e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset

between section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2.5 and 6.3.
 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

2.5 and use the submenu 
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Bookmark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1
\family default
.
 Then go to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

6.3 and use 
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Bookmark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\family default
2.
 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
 the key bindings 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "bookmark-goto 1"
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "bookmark-goto 2"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
 cursor position.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Go to Label
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
 
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Label)
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Forward Search
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
 in the output, see section 
\emph on
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

search
\emph default
 in the 
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Features
\emph default
 manual for a detailed description.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The Document Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! Document
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Change Tracking
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Change Tracking is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX Log
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
 enabled.
 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
 
\emph on
Experts
\emph default
 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Outline
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Navigating"

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Start Appendix Here
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
 position as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Appendices"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Compressed
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Un/compresses the current document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Settings
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document settings are described in appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The Tools Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! Tools
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Spellchecker
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Spell checking is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Thesaurus
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The thesaurus is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Thesaurus"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Statistics
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Word count
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Character count
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
 document part.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
TeX Information
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
TeX Information
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
em.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Reconfigure
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LyX ! Reconfigure|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{
\end_layout

\end_inset

Reconfiguration of LyX
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Reconfiguration of LyX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
 and programs it needs; see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Preferences
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
The Help Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Menu ! Help
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
 menus.
 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
 listed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The menu 
\family sans
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Configuration
\family default
 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
 found by LyX (see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Toolbars
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Toolbars"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Toolbars"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
 This is described in the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Standard Toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toolbar ! Standard
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
	width 100col%

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
 buttons:
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
LTleft}{0pt}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
 See the 
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\emph default
 manual for more information.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
	clip

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
pull-down box for the environments
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace -10mm
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\align left
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="22" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-new"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "file-open"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Open
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-write"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Save
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show print"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Print
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "undo"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Undo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "redo"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Redo
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "cut"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cut
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "copy"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Copy
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "paste"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paste
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Find
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

Replace
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

(Quick)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Find
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

Replace
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

(Advanced)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Navigate Back
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "font-emph"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Emphasize text, function of the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Customized
\family default
 dialog
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "font-noun"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Set text to noun style, function of the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Customized
\family default
 dialog
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Format text using the current settings in the 
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Customized
\family default
 dialog
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-mode"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Inline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Formula
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Graphics
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "tabular-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toggle outline window on/off, 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Outline
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "toolbar-toggle math"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toggle math toolbar on/off
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "toolbar-toggle table"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toggle table toolbar on/off
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Extra Toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toolbar ! Extra
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
	width 100col%

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
 buttons:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Default
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout Enumerate"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Numbered list
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout Itemize"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Itemized list
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout List"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
List
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout Description"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Description list
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "depth-increment"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Increase
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Depth
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "depth-decrement"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Decrease
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Depth
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "float-insert figure"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Figure
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "float-insert table"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "label-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Label
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Citation
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "index-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Entry
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Nomenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Entry
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "footnote-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Footnote
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Marginal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Note
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "note-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
L
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

yX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Note
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "box-insert Frameless"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Box
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "href-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Hyperlink
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "ert-insert"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
T
\family default

\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\family sans
eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Code
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Macro
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show-new-inset include"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Child
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Document
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "dialog-show character"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Customized
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Thesaurus
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
View/Update Toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toolbar ! View / Update
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
 buttons:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-view"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-update"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "master-buffer-view"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Master
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Document
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "master-buffer-update"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Master
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Document
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type  "icon"
arg   "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Synchronize with Output
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/view-others.png
	scale 85
	groupId toolbarbuttons

\end_inset


\family sans
*
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View (Other Formats)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/update-others.png
	scale 85
	groupId toolbarbuttons

\end_inset

*
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
 icon set.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Other Toolbars
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"

\end_inset

, the table toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toolbar ! Table
\end_layout

\end_inset

 in the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual and the math macro toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toolbar ! Macro
\end_layout

\end_inset

 in the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
The Document Settings
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:The-Document-Settings"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
 whole document and is called with the menu
\family sans
 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
 You can save your document settings as default with the
\family sans
 Save as Document Defaults
\family default
 button in the dialog.
 This will create a template named 
\family typewriter
defaults.lyx
\family default
 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
 using a template.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The button 
\family sans
Use Class Defaults
\family default
 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Document Class
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
 master document.
 Document classes are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Document-Classes"

\end_inset

.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With the button 
\family sans
Local
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Layout
\family default
 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's 
\emph on
layouts
\emph default
 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
 For more about layout-files, see the chapter 
\emph on
Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 Handbook.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some classes use special class options by default.
 If this is the case, they are listed in the field 
\family sans
Predefined
\family default
 and you can decide to use them or not.
 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
 recommended to leave them untouched.
 The 
\family sans
Graphics driver
\family default
 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
 If using 
\family sans
Default
\family default
, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
 doing.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
When you want to use one of the following drivers
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\family sans
dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
\family default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
 
\emph on
Driver support
\emph default
 in 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
 or subdocument.
 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
 document is opened without its master.
 This way child documents are always compilable.
 More about master and child documents is explained in the section 
\emph on
Child Documents
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
 
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
 instead of 
\series bold
prettyref
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout

\end_inset

 for cross-references, see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Child Documents
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
 Please refer to the section 
\emph on
Child
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Documents
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual for details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Modules
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Modules are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Modules"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Local Layout
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Local-Layout"

\end_inset

 for a description.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Fonts
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document font settings are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Text Layout
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
 skips.
 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
 concept.
 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Page Layout
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
A description of this menu is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"

\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Document-Layout"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Page Margins
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Margins"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Language
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Language-encodings"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Language ! Encoding
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The document language and quote styles are set here.
 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
 known for a particular character).
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The known commands are defined in a text file (
\emph on
unicodesymbols
\emph default
).
 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual for details.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you use the option 
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
, LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
 exactly one encoding.
 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
 with 
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
 engines to standard LaTeX.
 Both engines support Unicode natively.
 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(XeTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X)
\family default
, 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(LuaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X)
\family default
 and 
\family sans
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(LuaTeX)
\family default
, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Output-file-formats"

\end_inset

).
 So if you are using many special or accented characters and 
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

package
\family default
 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
 of strings like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Part
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The possible settings are:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Default uses the language package that is selected in
\family sans
 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Language Settings
\family default
 (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Prefs-Language"

\end_inset

).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
 format you will use.
 In many cases this will be 
\series bold
babel
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 If the newer package 
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout

\end_inset

 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
 this package will be used instead of 
\series bold
babel
\series default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Always
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Babel uses 
\series bold
babel
\series default
 even if 
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
 would be more appropriate.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like 
\series bold
ngerman
\series default
 (for German texts), type in
\series bold

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\backslash
usepackage{ngerman}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
None will not use a language package.
 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here is a list with the important encodings:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(no
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

inputenc) Same as 
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
, but the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
inputenc
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
\end_layout

\end_inset

 is not used.
 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
 languages in TeX code.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Arabic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Arabic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Armenian
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ArmSCII8) for Armenian
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Baltic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Baltic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
 encoding
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Baltic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
 ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Central
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-2 (latin2)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Central
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Chinese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(simplified)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(utf8)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Chinese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(simplified)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(utf8)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Chinese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(traditional)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(pt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Greek
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-7) for Greek
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Hebrew
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Hebrew
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-8) for Hebrew
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
CJK
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! CJK
\end_layout

\end_inset

, when using this, set the document language to 
\family sans
Japanese (CJK)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
CJK
\series default
, when using this, set the document language to 
\family sans
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CJK)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(non-CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
japanese
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! japanese
\end_layout

\end_inset

, when using this, set the document language to 
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(non-CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
japanese
\series default
, when using this, set the document language to 
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(non-CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
japanese
\series default
, when using this, set the document language to 
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Korean
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(EUC-KR) for Korean
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Southern
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
South-Eastern
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Thai
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(TIS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

620-0) for Thai
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Turkish
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
CJK
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! CJK
\end_layout

\end_inset

 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(XeTeX)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with 
\family sans
XeTeX
\family default
 and 
\family sans
LuaTeX
\family default
, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
.
 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
 or LuaTeX.
 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ucs-extended)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
ucs
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! ucs
\end_layout

\end_inset

 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
inputenc
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
 is supported.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Western
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-1 (latin1)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Western
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
 encoding instead
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Western
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
 current document.
 See sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Prefs-Language"

\end_inset

 for more information on the language package.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Colors
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Color ! main text
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Color ! background
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
 for Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

out notes (default: light grey).
 The button 
\family sans
Reset
\family default
 sets the color back to the default.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
 and for Shaded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

boxes (default: red).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
 (This Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

out note appears blue in the output.)
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option 
\family sans
Color
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

links
\family default
 in the document settings under 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

properties
\family default
, you probably also need to change the link font color by using 
\family sans
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

options
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

properties
\family default
.
 For example the option
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold
linkcolor=black
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
sets the link text color to black.
 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
hyperref
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout

\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Code behind a forced page break:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For the page color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold

\backslash
pagecolor{color name}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For the text color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold

\backslash
color{color name}
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The color name can hereby be one of these: 
\series bold
black
\series default
, 
\series bold
blue
\series default
, 
\series bold
cyan
\series default
, 
\series bold
green
\series default
, 
\series bold
magenta
\series default
, 
\series bold
red
\series default
, 
\series bold
white
\series default
, 
\series bold
yellow
\series default

\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
 following names:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For the page background color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
page_backgroundcolor
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For the main text color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
document_fontcolor
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For the Shaded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

box background color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
shadecolor
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
For the Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

out note text color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
note_fontcolor
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To see how to define and use custom colors, see section 
\emph on
Colored
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Cells
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Numbering & TOC
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
 depth in the table of contents as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Numbering-depth"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Bibliography
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages 
\series bold
natbib
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! natbib
\end_layout

\end_inset

 or 
\series bold
jurabib
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
\end_layout

\end_inset

.
 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package 
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
\end_layout

\end_inset

 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
 generated.
 For a further description see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Indexes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
 and you can define additional indexes.
 Please refer to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"

\end_inset

 for details.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
PDF Properties
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The PDF properties are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:PDF-Properties"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Math Options
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages 
\series bold
amsmath
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
\end_layout

\end_inset

, 
\series bold
esint
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! esint
\end_layout

\end_inset

, 
\series bold
mathdots
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
\end_layout

\end_inset

 und 
\series bold
mhchem
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
\end_layout

\end_inset

 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
 ensure that you have enabled 
\family sans
AMS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

math
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
esint is used for special integral characters, see section 
\emph on
Big
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Operators
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section 
\emph on
Ellipses
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section 
\emph on
Chemical Symbols and Equations
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Float Placement
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The float placement options are described in section 
\emph on
Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Placement
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Listings
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The listings settings are explained in chapter 
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Objects
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Bullets
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
 The itemize environment is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Itemize"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Branches
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Branches are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Branches"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Output
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Doc-Output"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Format: The format that is used when you hit 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

View
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Update
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

View Master Document
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Update Master Document
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in the 
\family sans
View
\family default
 menu or the toolbar.
 The default is set in 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
File Formats
\family default
, see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Synchronize
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

with
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Output settings for the menu 
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

search
\family default
.
 For a detailed description see section 
\emph on
Reverse DVI/PDF search
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Options settings for the export format 
\family sans
LyXHTML
\family default
.
 
\family sans
Strict XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1.1
\family default
 will assure that the output follows exactly version
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

1.1 of the XHTML standard.
 The different 
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

output
\family default
 settings are described in detail in section 
\emph on
Math Output in XHTML
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Features
\emph default
 manual.
 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX Preamble
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
 or to define LaTeX-commands.
 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
 doing.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
The 
\family sans
Preferences
\family default
 Dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Preferences
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The preferences dialog is called with the menu 
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
.
 It has the following submenus.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Look and Feel
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
User Interface
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
User Interface File
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Customization ! of toolbars
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Customization ! of menus
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
 interface (ui) file.
 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
 The file 
\emph on
default.ui
\emph default
 loads three files:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
stdmenus.inc
\shape italic
 
\emph on
specifies the menu entries for the standard menus
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
stdcontext.inc 
\shape italic
\emph on
specifies
\shape default
\emph default
 the menu entries in popup context menus
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
stdtoolbars.inc
\shape italic
 
\emph on
specifies the toolbar buttons
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files
 and edit the entries.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the 
\family sans
Menubar
\family default
, 
\family sans
Menu
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Toolbar
\family default
 entries must be finished with an explicit 
\family sans
End
\family default
.
 They may contain 
\family sans
Submenu
\family default
, 
\family sans
Item
\family default
, 
\family sans
OptItem
\family default
, 
\family sans
Separator
\family default
, 
\family sans
Icon,
\family default
 and in the case of the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

file_lastfiles
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 menu a 
\family sans
Lastfiles
\family default
 entry.
 The syntax for the entries is:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset


\series bold
Item 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

menu 
\series default
or
\series bold
 button name
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

LyX-function
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset

All the LyX-functions are listed in the menu 
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Ly
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Functions
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For example, assuming you use the menu 
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Bookmarks
\family default
 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
 line
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset


\series bold
Item 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Save Bookmark 6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

bookmark-save 6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset

to the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

navigate_bookmarks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 menu in 
\emph on
stdmenus.inc
\emph default
 to have the sixth bookmark.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Icon
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Set
\family default
 allows you to change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
 The currently available icon sets are compared in 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "this image"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Automatic help
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Enable tool tips in main work area
\family default
 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
 or footnotes.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Session
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With the option 
\family sans
Restore window layouts and geometries
\family default
 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
 in the last LyX session.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Restore cursor positions
\family default
 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
 the last session.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Load opened files from last session
\family default
 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The button 
\family sans
Clear all session information
\family default
 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
 of last opened documents, etc.).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Documents
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Backup documents"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Backup ! Documents
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Backup original documents when saving
\family default
 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
 it was saved the last time.
 It is stored in the 
\family sans
Backup
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

directory
\family default
 (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"

\end_inset

) or in the same folder as your document if no 
\family sans
Backup
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

directory
\family default
 is specified.
 The backup file has the file extension 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
.lyx~
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With the option 
\family sans
Backup documents, every
\family default
, you can specify the time between backup saves.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Save documents compressed by default
\family default
 always saves files in a compressed format.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Maximum last files
\family default
 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Recen
\bar under
t
\family default
\bar default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If the option 
\family sans
Open documents in tabs
\family default
 is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
See sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"

\end_inset

 for information about LyXServer pipes.
\end_layout

\end_inset

 is specified.
 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
 of LyX.
 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If the option 
\family sans
Single close-tab button
\family default
 is checked, there will only be one close button (
\family sans

\begin_inset Graphics
	filename ../images/closetab.png
	scale 75

\end_inset


\family default
) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Screen Fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Font ! Screen
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Screen-Fonts"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
These fonts are used to display your documents within LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 This section only deals with the fonts 
\emph on
inside
\emph default
 the LyX window.
 The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and
 set in the menu 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Fonts
\family default
.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By default, LyX uses 
\family typewriter
Times
\family default
 as its 
\family sans
Roman
\family default
 (serif) font, 
\family typewriter
Arial
\family default
 or 
\family typewriter
Helvetica
\family default
 (depends on the system) as its 
\family sans
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Serif
\family default
 font and 
\family typewriter
Courier
\family default
 as its 
\family typewriter
Typewriter
\family default
 font.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can change the font size with the 
\family sans
Zoom
\family default
 setting.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Font Sizes
\family default
 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
 72.27
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

points have the size of 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

inch, see Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"

\end_inset

.
 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt were used.
 The sizes are explained in detail in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Document-Font"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
With the option 
\family sans
Use pixmap cache to speed up font rendering
\family default
 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
 aesthetics.
 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

OS and Windows.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Colors
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Color ! LyX screen
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Color
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can change the screen colors used by LyX by choosing an item in
 the list and selecting the 
\family sans
Alter
\family default
 button.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
By checking the option 
\family sans
Use system colors
\family default
 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
 The colors 
\family sans
cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

label and URL
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\family default
 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Display
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Display
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside LyX.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Instant Preview
\family default
 enables previewing snippets of your document.
 This feature is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Checking the option 
\family sans
Mark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

end
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

paragraphs
\family default
 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Editing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Editing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Control
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Editing
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Cursor follows scrollbar
\family default
 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
 scrolling.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can adjust the width of the cursor.
 If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative
 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Scroll below end of document
\family default
 is self-explanatory.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing 
\family sans
Ctrl+arrow key
\family default
.
 With the option
\family sans
 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
\family default
 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Sort environments alphabetically
\family default
 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The option 
\family sans
Group environments by their category
\family default
 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The 
\family sans
Edit math macros
\family default
 options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section 
\emph on
Math Macros
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Math
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Fullscreen
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
 With the option 
\family sans
Limit text width
\family default
 you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
 appears centered.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Shortcuts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Key Bindings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Shortcuts
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\family sans
Bind File
\family default
 specifies the file to be used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
 Several binding files are available, among them:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs
 
\family sans
Emacs
\family default
 (
\family sans
XEmacs
\family default
)
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
mac.bind a set of bindings for 
\family sans
Mac
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

OS
\family default
 systems.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like
 
\shape italic
broadway.bind
\shape default
, and binding files for special languages.
 The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

pt
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 for Portuguese.
 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
 binding file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Some binding files, like 
\shape italic
math.bind
\shape default
, only have a limited scope.
 When looking at the end of the file 
\shape italic
cua.bind
\shape default
, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The field 
\family sans
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

ke
\bar under
y
\bar default
-bindings
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

containing
\family default
 allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function
 in the selected key binding file.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsubsection
Editing Shortcuts
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Key Bindings ! Editing
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
 provides the field 
\family sans
Show key-bindings containing
\family default
.
 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
 Insert there for example as keyword 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

paste
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different
 functions that contain 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

paste
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 in their name.
 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file 
\family sans
LyX Functions
\family default
 that you will find in the 
\family sans
Help
\family default
 menu.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
For example, to add the shortcut 
\family sans
Alt+Q
\family default
 for the function 
\family sans
textstyle-apply
\family default
, select the function and press the 
\family sans
Modify
\family default
 button.
 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the LyX
 Function definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the
 different function names as a semicolon separated list.
 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
 part.
 
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you don't like a a particular shortcut, you can remove it.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with
 a text editor.
 The syntax of the entries is:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard

\series bold

\backslash
bind 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

key combination
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

LyX-function
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Keyboard/Mouse
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Keyboard-Map"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Keyboard Map
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Keyboard Map
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system.
 For the case thatWhere this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
 If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it
 is a Romanian one, you can enable 
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

keyboard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

map
\family default
 and select the keyboard map file named 
\shape italic
romanian.kmap
\shape default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can specify a 
\family sans
First
\family default
 and a 
\family sans
Second
\family default
 keyboard map and, if you use the 
\emph on
cua
\emph default
 bindings, you can select the first and second with 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "keymap-primary"
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "keymap-secondary"
\end_inset

 respectively or toggle between them with 
\begin_inset Info
type  "shortcut"
arg   "keymap-toggle"
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all
 systems.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also specify the mouse 
\family sans
Wheel scrolling speed
\family default
.
 The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
 slow it down.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If you 
\family sans
Enable
\family default
 
\family sans
Scroll
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

wheel
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

zoom,
\family default
 you can select a key for zooming.
 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Input Completion
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Input completion is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Input-Completion"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Paths
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Paths"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paths
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Paths
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The paths to the various resources used by LyX are normally determined during
 the installation.
 But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Working
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

directory This is LyX's working directory.
 It is the default when you 
\family sans
Open
\family default
, 
\family sans
Save
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

As
\family default
 files.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

from
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Template
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Example
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

files This directory will be opened when you use the button 
\family sans
Examples
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Open
\family default
 dialog.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 The 
\family sans
Examples
\family default
 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Backup
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

directory
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Backup ! Directory
\end_layout

\end_inset

 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Backup documents"

\end_inset

, the 
\family sans
Working directory
\family default
 will be used to save the backups.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

Backup files have the ending 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

.lyx~
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Ly
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

XServer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold
Example:
\series default
 You add a BibTeX-database 
\emph on
test.bib
\emph default
 to your document.
 You can edit this file with the program 
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
.
 In 
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under 
\family sans
External
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

programs
\family default
.
 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
 
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
 and click on the LyX-symbol.
 The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position
 in your LyX file.
 Of course, 
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
 and LyX need to be running the same time.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

The pipe is also used for the 
\family sans
S
\bar under
i
\bar default
ngle instance
\family default
 feature, see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Backup documents"

\end_inset

.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\series bold

\backslash

\backslash
.
\backslash
pipe
\backslash
lyxpipe
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Temporary
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want
 to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Hunspell
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
 
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
 are located.
 You only need to specify it if you are using 
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
 and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative
 dictionaries.
 For LyX on Windows 
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
 a directory.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
PATH
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see
 where to find it on the system.
 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
 is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it.
 On Unix
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

/
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
TEXINPUTS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files
 which are included in a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the
 document preamble.
 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
 a single dot '.').
 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
 scanned for the input files.
 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
 It is recommended that you always include ‘.' as one of the paths; otherwise
 compilation may fail for some documents.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Identity
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can insert your 
\family sans
Name
\family default
 and 
\family sans
E-mail
\family default
 address.
 These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described
 in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"

\end_inset

, to mark changes you make as yours.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Language Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Language ! Settings
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Language
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Language
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Prefs-Language"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
User
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

interface
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

language Here you can select the language for LyX's menus.
 You can find its actual translation status here: 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
 issues.
 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Chapter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

Table
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The most widespread language package is 
\series bold
babel
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout

\end_inset

; it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
 alternative language package 
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout

\end_inset

 that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines.
 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
 covered by 
\series bold
babel
\series default
.
 The available selections are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Language-encodings"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
 An example is the start command 
\family sans

\backslash
begin{arabtext}
\family default
 that is needed to write Arabic using the package 
\series bold
ArabTeX
\series default
, see 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic"

\end_inset

.
 The default is the 
\series bold
babel
\series default
 command 
\family sans

\backslash
selectlanguage{$$lang}
\family default
.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

end Counterpart to 
\family sans
Command start
\family default
.
 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
 command toggles the package on and off.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Decimal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Point Define the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point
 alignment).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Set
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

languages
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
 used by all LaTeX-packages.
 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the 
\series bold
babel
\series default
 package.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
 language.
 When this option is not set, the 
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

start
\family default
 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another 
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

start
\family default
 than the default.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

end Counterpart to 
\family sans
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

begin
\family default
.
 When it is not set, the 
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

end
\family default
 is set to the end of the document.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Mark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

foreign
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
 language will be underlined in blue.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

RTL
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
 like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Cursor
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Spellchecker
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The spellchecker settings are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
Outputs
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
General
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
 the menu 
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

text
\family default
.
 Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Date
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

format
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Date Format
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Date format
\end_layout

\end_inset

 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

For example the format
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

%d/%m/%y
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset

prints the date as day/month/year.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Overwrite
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

search Commands that will be used for the menu 
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

search
\family default
.
 For a detailed description see section 
\emph on
Reverse DVI/PDF search
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Printer
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Printer"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Printer
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Printer
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

printer Here you can specify the name of your 
\family sans
Default printer
\family default
.
 The name will be used when the 
\family sans
Printer command
\family default
 is executed.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout

\series bold
Note:
\series default
 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Printer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

command is the command LyX
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

/
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

LaTeX uses for printing.
 The default is 
\family sans
dvips
\family default
 on most systems.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Printer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Options Here you can specify printer options.
 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
 of the program that provides the 
\family sans
Printer command
\family default
 you are using.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Adapt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

printer This option works only for the 
\family sans
Printer command
\family default
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
dvips
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
 This is an option only for dvips experts.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

eX
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:LaTeX-settings"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! LaTeX
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

LaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

font
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
 
\family sans
T1
\family default
 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
 
\family sans
T2A
\family default
, 
\family sans
T2B
\family default
, 
\family sans
T2C
\family default
, 
\family sans
LCY
\family default
 and 
\family sans
X2
\family default
 are used for Cyrillic.
 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\family sans
T1, T2B
\family default

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

.
 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
 LyX sets up in the background.
 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

paper
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
 The 
\family sans
Default
\family default
 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

viewer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

paper
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

size
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

options They only have an effect when the program 
\family sans
xdvi
\family default
 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
 manuals of the applications.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Bibliography
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Index-Program"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Nomenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"

\end_inset

.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
CheckTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

{}
\end_layout

\end_inset

X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

command Command for the program 
\family sans
CheckTeX
\family default
 that is described in the section 
\emph on
Checking TeX
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
There are additionally the following options:
\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Windows-style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

paths
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset


\backslash

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 is used instead of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset

/
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset

 to separate folders.
 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paths
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Settings ! Paths
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Description
Reset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

options
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

when
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

changes Removes all manually set 
\family sans
Class options
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Class
\family default
 dialog when changing the document class.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Section
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

Handling
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File handling
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
Converters
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Converters"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Converters
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
 from one format to another.
 You can modify converters or create new ones.
 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the 
\family sans
Converter
\family default
 and/or 
\family sans
Extra
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

flag
\family default
 field and press the 
\family sans
Modify
\family default
 button.
 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
 in the 
\family sans
To
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset

format
\family default
 drop-down list, modify the 
\family sans
Converter
\family default
 field and press the 
\family sans
Add
\family default
 button.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
If the 
\family sans
Converter File Cache
\family default
 is 
\family sans
Enabled
\family default
, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field 
\family sans
Maximum Age (in days
\family default
).
 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
 definition, is described in the section 
\emph on
Converters
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Subsection
File Formats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:File-Formats"

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Copiers
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
 You can modify the 
\family sans
Editor
\family default
 and 
\family sans
Viewer
\family default
 programs that should be used for certain formats.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
You can also define the 
\family sans
Default output format
\family default
 that is used when you use 
\family sans
View, Update, View Master Document
\family default
 or 
\family sans
Update Master Document
\family default
 in the 
\family sans
View
\family default
 menu or the toolbar.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
More about formats and their options is described in the section 
\emph on
Formats
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
 This is done by specifying a 
\family sans
Copier
\family default
.
 More about this is described in the section 
\emph on
Copiers
\emph default
 of the 
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
 manual.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Units available in LyX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Units
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Units-available-in"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Units"

\end_inset

 explains all the units available in LyX and used in this documentation.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
wide false
sideways false
status open

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Units"

\end_inset

Units
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
unit
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
name/description
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
mm
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
millimeter
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
cm
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
centimeter
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
in
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
inch
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
pt
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
point (72.27
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

in)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
pc
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
pica (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pc = 12
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
sp
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
scaled point (65536
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

sp = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

pt)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
bp
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
big point (72
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

bp = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

in)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
dd
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
didot (72
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

dd 
\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
\end_inset

 37.6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

mm)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
cc
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
cicero (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

cc = 12
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

dd)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
Scale%
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of original image width
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
text%
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of text width
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
col%
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of column width
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
page%
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of paper width
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
line%
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of line width
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
theight%
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of text height
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
pheight%
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of paper height
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
ex
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
height of letter 
\emph on
x
\emph default
 in current font
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
em
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
width of letter 
\emph on
M
\emph default
 in current font
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
mu
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\begin_layout Plain Layout
math unit (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

mu = 1/18
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset

em)
\end_layout

\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Chapter
Credits
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Credits"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Amir Karger
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
David Johnson
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Hartmut Haase
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Ignacio García
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Ivan Schreter
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
John Raithel
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
John Weiss
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Matthias Ettrich
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Matthias Zenker
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Rich Fields
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Pascal André
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Paul Evans
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Paul Russel
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Robin Socha
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize

\noun on
Uwe Stöhr
\end_layout

\begin_layout Itemize
The LyX Team: 
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lyxcredit"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newpage newpage
\end_inset

The bibliography on the following page was created with the 
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
 environment.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
label "Credits"
key "lyxcredit"

\end_inset

The LyX Team: 
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.lyx.org/Credits
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexcompanion"

\end_inset

Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: 
\emph on
The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.

\emph default
 Addison-Wesley, 2004
\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexguide"

\end_inset

Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
 Daly: 
\emph on
A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.

\emph default
 Addison-Wesley, 2003
\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexbook"

\end_inset

Leslie Lamport: 
\emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.

\emph default
 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "texbook"

\end_inset

Donald E.
 Knuth.
 
\emph on
The TeXbook.

\emph default
 Addison-Wesley, 1984
\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "TeXCatalogue"

\end_inset

The TeX Catalogue:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "LaTeXFAQ"

\end_inset

The LaTeX FAQ:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the program 
\family sans
BibTeX
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX-2"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"

\end_inset

 how to use the program 
\family sans
BibTeX
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "makeindex"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the program 
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "xindy"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"

\end_inset

 of the program 
\family sans
xindy
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "AMS"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"

\end_inset

 of the AMS LaTeX-packages:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "caption"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
caption
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! caption
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "enumitem"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
enumitem
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "fancyhdr"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "hyperref"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref"

\end_inset

of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
hyperref
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "nomencl"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
nomencl
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "prettyref"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
prettyref
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "refstyle"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
refstyle
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "tipa"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"

\end_inset

 of the LaTeX-package 
\series bold
tipa
\series default

\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
LaTeX-packages ! tipa
\end_layout

\end_inset

:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Arabic"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Armenian"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Cyrillic"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Cyrillic languages:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Farsi"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Hebrew"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Japanese"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Latvian"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Lithuanian"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Mongolian"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Vietnamese"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"

\end_inset

 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "NewInLyX20"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"

\end_inset

 about new features in 
\family sans
LyX 2.0
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset


\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout

http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newpage newpage
\end_inset


\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
let
\backslash
mybibname
\backslash
bibname
\end_layout

\begin_layout Plain Layout


\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
bibname}{
\backslash
mybibname
\backslash
; 2}
\end_layout

\end_inset


\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed

\begin_layout Plain Layout
The command 
\series bold

\backslash
bibname
\series default
 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
 bibliography is the second one:
\end_layout

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
LatexCommand bibtex
bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
options "biblio/alphadin"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
\end_layout

\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
LatexCommand printnomenclature
set_width "auto"

\end_inset


\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
LatexCommand printindex
type "idx"

\end_inset


\end_layout

\end_body
\end_document
